UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .

Commission File Number 001-32141

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda		98-0429991
(State or other jurisdiction		(I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)		Identification No.)

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM 08Bermuda

(441) 299-9375

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive office)

None

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 per share		New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2005 was $1,137,672,763 (based upon the closing price of the Registrant’s shares of the New York Stock Exchange on that date, which was $23.36). For purposes of this information, the outstanding shares of Common Stock which were owned by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant and by ACE Limited were deemed to be shares of Common Stock held by affiliates.

As of February 24, 2006, 75,173,957 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference to Part III of this report.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to us specifically and the insurance and reinsurance industries in general. Statements which include the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “anticipate,” “may,” “will,” “continue,” “further,” “seek,” and similar words or statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.

All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include the following:

· downgrades of the financial strength ratings assigned by the major rating agencies to any of our insurance subsidiaries at any time, which has occurred in the past;

· our inability to execute our business strategy;

· reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies;

· contract cancellations;

· developments in the world’s financial and capital markets that adversely affect our loss experience, the demand for our products or our investment returns;

· more severe or frequent losses associated with our insurance products;

· changes in regulation or tax laws applicable to us, our subsidiaries or customers;

· governmental actions;

· natural catastrophes;

· dependence on customers;

· decreased demand for our insurance or reinsurance products or increased competition in our markets;

· loss of key personnel;

· technological developments;

· the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

· changes in accounting policies or practices (see Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the heading “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses”, for more information;

· changes in general economic conditions, including interest rates and other factors;

· other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time; and

· management’s response to these factors.

The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. Any forward-looking statements you read in this Form 10-K reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.

For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business		1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		38
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		52
Item 2.	Properties		52
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		52
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders		53
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		53
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		54
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		56
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		93
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		94
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		151
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		151
Item 9B.	Other Information		151
PART III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant		151
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		152
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		153
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions		153
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		153
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		154

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Assured Guaranty Ltd. (hereafter “Assured Guaranty,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) is a Bermuda-based holding company that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. Credit enhancement products are financial guaranty or other types of support, including credit derivatives, that improve the credit of underlying debt obligations. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more insurance policies that the ceding company has issued. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security or commodity. We market our products directly and through financial institutions, serving the U.S. and international markets.

Assured Guaranty Ltd. was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003. We operate through wholly-owned subsidiaries including Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”, formerly Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.), Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (“AGFOL”). Our principal operating subsidiaries are Assured Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”) and AG Re.

· AG Re is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is licensed as a Class 3 Insurer and a Long-Term Insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations of Bermuda. AG Re directly owns Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd., which owns Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. AG Re indirectly owns, through Barbados and United States holding companies, the entire share capital of a Bermuda reinsurer, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO”). AGRO, in turn, owns Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (“Assured Guaranty Mortgage”), a New York corporation. AG Re and AGRO underwrite financial guaranty and residential mortgage reinsurance. AG Re and AGRO write business as direct reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and as reinsurers/retrocessionaires of certain affiliated companies and also provide portfolio credit default swaps, where the counterparty is usually an investment bank.

· Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a Delaware holding company, owns 100% of AG Financial Products Inc., a Delaware corporation, and AGC. AGC, a Maryland-domiciled insurance company, was organized in 1985 and commenced operations in January 1988, provides insurance and reinsurance of investment grade financial guaranty exposures, including municipal and nonmunicipal reinsurance, and credit default swap transactions. Prior to April 2004, AGC also wrote trade credit reinsurance, but has ceased writing this business since the initial public offering (“IPO”). AGC owns 100% of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., a United Kingdom (“UK”) incorporated company licensed as a UK insurance company, and Assured Value Insurance Company (formerly Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company), a Maryland domiciled insurance company.

· AGFOL, based in the UK, is regulated by the Financial Services Authority as an Arranger that markets and sources derivative transactions. AGFOL does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

Our Operating Segments

Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. We primarily conduct our business in the United States, Bermuda and the European community. The following table sets forth our gross written premiums by segment for the periods presented:

Gross Written Premiums By Segment

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Financial guaranty direct:
Structured finance	$	74.4	$	75.1		$	67.7
Public finance	21.8		5.7			3.4
Total financial guaranty direct	96.2		80.8			71.1
Financial guaranty reinsurance:
Structured finance	35.1		41.4			46.0
Public finance	62.9		118.9			117.1
Total financial guaranty reinsurance	98.0		160.3			163.1
Mortgage guaranty	25.9		24.4			24.4
Total financial guaranty gross written premiums	220.1		265.5			258.6
Other	32.0		(74.6		)	90.6
Total	$	252.1	$	190.9		$	349.2

Financial Guaranty Direct

Financial guaranty direct insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit because the insurance may have the effect of lowering an issuer’s cost of borrowing to the extent that the insurance premium is less than the value of the difference between the yield on the insured obligation (which carries the credit rating of the insurer) and the yield on the obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. Financial guaranty insurance also improves the marketability of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. Investors benefit from increased liquidity in the secondary market, added protection against loss in the event of the obligor’s default on its obligation, and reduced exposure to price volatility caused by changes in the credit quality of the underlying issue.

As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection relating to a particular security or issuer can be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under the terms of a credit default swap, the seller of credit protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance. Credit derivatives may be preferred by some customers because they generally offer ease of execution and standardized terms.

Financial guaranty direct products are generally provided for structured finance and public finance obligations in the U.S. and international markets.

Structured Finance— Structured finance obligations are generally backed by pools of assets, such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value, which are generally held by a special purpose issuing entity. Structured finance obligations can be “funded” or “synthetic.” Funded structured finance obligations generally have the benefit of one or more forms of credit enhancement, such as over-collateralization and excess cash flow, to cover credit risks associated with the related assets. Synthetic structured finance obligations generally take the form of credit derivatives or credit-linked notes that reference a pool of securities or loans, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

Public Finance— Public finance obligations consist primarily of debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states or their political subdivisions (counties, cities, towns and villages, utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities), other public and quasi-public entities (including non-U.S. sovereigns and subdivisions thereof), private universities and hospitals, and investor-owned utilities. These obligations generally are supported by the taxing authority of the issuer, the issuer’s or underlying obligor’s ability to collect fees or assessments for certain projects or public services or revenues from operations. This market also includes project finance obligations, as well as other structured obligations supporting infrastructure and other public works projects.

Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

Financial guaranty reinsurance indemnifies a primary insurance company against part of a loss that the latter may sustain under a policy that it has issued. The reinsurer may itself purchase reinsurance protection (“retrocessions”) from other reinsurers, thereby reducing its own exposure.

Reinsurance agreements take two major forms: “treaty” and “facultative.” Treaty reinsurance requires the reinsured to cede, and the reinsurer to assume, specific classes of risk underwritten by the ceding company over a specified period of time, typically one year. Facultative reinsurance is the reinsurance of part of one or more specified policies, and is subject to separate negotiation for each cession.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio

The principal types of obligations covered by our financial guaranty direct and our financial guaranty reinsurance businesses are structured finance and public finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, we analyze and monitor our financial guaranty direct portfolio and our financial guaranty reinsurance portfolio on a coordinated basis. In the tables that follow, our reinsurance par outstanding is reported on a one-quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies. The following table sets forth our financial guaranty net par outstanding by product line:

Net Par Outstanding By Product Line

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
	($ in billions)
Structured Finance:
Direct	$	33.9	$	28.4	$	21.6
Reinsurance	12.9		12.7		13.3
Total structured finance	46.8		41.1		34.9
Public Finance:
Direct	4.4		3.2		2.1
Reinsurance	51.3		51.3		50.5
Total public finance	55.7		54.5		52.6
Total net par outstanding	$	102.5	$	95.6	$	87.5

Structured Finance Obligations— We insure and reinsure a number of different types of structured finance obligations, including the following:

Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity— These include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments. Insured domestic residential mortgage loans tend to be concentrated in the “sub-prime” sector, characterized by lower quality borrowers and higher levels of structural credit protection through subordination and/or excess spread.

Collateralized Debt Obligations— These include securities primarily backed by pooled corporate debt obligations, such as corporate bonds, bank loans or loan participations, asset-backed securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in “tranches,” with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. Our financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues. Prior to 2004 we also wrote equity layer credit protection on CDOs; these exposures are reported in our other segment.

Commercial Receivables— These include obligations backed by commercial mortgages, equipment leases, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing. The properties backing commercial real estate-backed obligations include hotel properties, office buildings and warehouse properties.

Consumer Receivables— These include obligations backed by non-mortgage consumer receivables, such as automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables. Credit support is generally derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property, automobile or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

Other Structured Finance— Other structured finance exposures in our portfolio include bonds or other securities backed by assets not generally described in any of the other four categories.

The following table sets forth our structured finance direct and reinsurance gross par written by asset type (stated as a percentage of total structured finance direct and reinsurance gross par) for the periods presented:

Structured Finance Gross Par Written by Asset Type

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in billions)
Collateralized debt obligations	50.0		%	20.9		%	40.5		%
Mortgage-backed and home equity	30.8		%	63.4		%	21.2		%
Commercial receivables	8.2		%	6.5		%	19.1		%
Consumer receivables	2.5		%	5.3		%	12.1		%
Other structured finance	8.5		%	3.9		%	7.1		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	100.0		%
Total structured finance gross par written	$	19.1		$	15.2		$	10.3

The following table sets forth our structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by asset type (stated as a percentage of total structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Structured Finance Net Par Outstanding by Asset Type

	As of December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in billions)
Collateralized debt obligations	49.2		%	42.0		%	46.1		%
Mortgage-backed and home equity	25.6		%	29.0		%	15.5		%
Commercial receivables	11.5		%	11.7		%	15.1		%
Consumer receivables	5.5		%	8.4		%	11.3		%
Other structured finance	8.2		%	8.9		%	12.0		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	100.0		%
Total structured finance par outstanding	$	46.8		$	41.1		$	34.9

The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty structured finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2005:

Ten Largest Structured Finance Exposures

	Net Par Outstanding			Percent of Total Net Par Outstanding			Internal Rating(1)
	($ in millions)
Synthetic—International Mortgage Backed Securities		$	1,102		1.1	%		AAA
Park Place 2004-MHQ1 Class A-1		846			0.8	%		AAA
Structured Finance Corporate Pool		781			0.8	%		AAA
Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 2005-J Class 1-A		750			0.7	%		BBB-
Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 2005-J Class 2-A		750			0.7	%		BBB-
Synthetic CDO—IG Corporate		740			0.7	%		AAA
Stichting Profile Securitization I		602			0.6	%		AAA
Synthetic CDO—IG ABS		594			0.6	%		AAA
Synthetic CDO—IG ABS		563			0.5	%		AAA
Synthetic CDO—IG Corporate		551			0.5	%		AAA
Total of top ten exposures		$	7,279		7.0	%

(1) These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations. Our scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies.

Public Finance Obligations— We insure and reinsure a number of different types of public obligations, including the following:

Tax-Backed Bonds— These include a variety of obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation and include tax-backed revenue bonds, general fund obligations and lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or

abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental authorities.

General Obligation Bonds— These include full faith and credit bonds that are issued by states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers, and are supported by the general obligation of the issuer to pay from available funds and by a pledge of the issuer to levy ad valorem taxes in an amount sufficient to provide for the full payment of the bonds.

Transportation Bonds— These include a wide variety of revenue-supported bonds, such as bonds for airports, ports, tunnels, municipal parking facilities, toll roads and toll bridges.

Municipal Utility Bonds— These include the obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal enterprise systems, authorities or joint-action agencies.

Investor-Owned Utility Bonds— These include obligations primarily backed by investor-owned utilities, most commonly, first mortgage bond obligations of for-profit electric or water utilities providing retail, industrial and commercial service, and also include sale-leaseback obligation bonds supported by such entities. In each case, these bonds are secured by a mortgage on property owned by or leased to an investor-owned utility.

Higher Education bonds— These include obligations secured by revenue collected by either public or private colleges and universities. Such revenue can encompass all of an institution’s revenue, including tuition and fees, or in other cases, can be specifically restricted to certain auxiliary sources of revenue.

Healthcare Bonds— These include obligations of healthcare facilities including community based hospitals and systems. In addition to healthcare facilities, obligors in this category include a small number of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.

Housing Revenue Bonds— These include obligations relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from such entities as the Federal Housing Administration.

Other Public Bonds— These include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, and obligations of some not-for-profit organizations. Also included in this category are international public obligations, including the obligations of sovereign and sub-sovereign non-U.S. issuers, project finance transactions involving projects leased to or supported by payments from non-U.S. governmental or quasi-governmental entities, as well as other obligations having international aspects, but which otherwise would fall within the other described categories.

The following table sets forth our public finance direct and reinsurance gross par written by bond type (stated as a percentage of total public finance direct and reinsurance gross par written) for the years presented:

Public Finance Gross Par Written by Asset Type

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in billions)
Tax-backed	26.9		%	22.2		%	22.8		%
General obligation	23.6		%	25.7		%	16.5		%
Transportation	14.9		%	4.0		%	14.0		%
Investor-owned utilities	11.1		%	8.6		%	5.0		%
Municipal utilities	11.1		%	12.4		%	24.8		%
Higher education	4.5		%	2.0		%	1.7		%
Healthcare	3.6		%	18.9		%	8.6		%
Housing	1.2		%	2.4		%	3.3		%
Other public finance	3.1		%	3.8		%	3.3		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	100.0		%
Total public finance gross par written	$	7.2		$	8.2		$	6.8

The following table sets forth our public finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total public finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Public Finance Net Par Outstanding by Asset Type

	As of December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in billions)
General obligation	23.1		%	23.3		%	22.4		%
Tax-backed	19.4		%	19.1		%	17.6		%
Municipal utilities	19.3		%	20.0		%	21.1		%
Transportation	13.2		%	12.6		%	13.2		%
Healthcare	11.5		%	12.1		%	10.8		%
Investor-owned utilities	5.1		%	4.1		%	3.5		%
Housing	2.4		%	2.5		%	2.0		%
Higher education	2.2		%	2.0		%	1.8		%
Structured municipal	1.5		%	2.5		%	6.4		%
Other public finance	2.3		%	1.8		%	1.2		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	100.0		%
Total public finance net par outstanding	$	55.7		$	54.5		$	52.6

The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty public finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2005:

Ten Largest Public Finance Exposures

	Net Par Outstanding			Percent of Total Net Par Outstanding			Internal Rating(1)
	($ in millions)
California State General Obligation & Leases		$	887		0.9	%		A-
New Jersey State General Obligation & Leases		766			0.7	%		AA-
Long Island Power Authority		700			0.7	%		A-
New York City General Obligation		647			0.6	%		A
Denver Colorado Airport System		620			0.6	%		A
New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority		608			0.6	%		AA+
Chicago Illinois General Obligation		587			0.6	%		A+
Massachusetts State General Obligation & Bay Transportation		580			0.6	%		AA-
Jefferson County Alabama Sewer		578			0.6	%		A
Houston Texas Water & Sewer System		549			0.5	%		A+
Total of top ten exposures		$	6,522		6.4	%

(1) These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations. Our scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2005 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

Rating Category(1)	Net Par Outstanding			Percent of Total Net Par Outstanding
	($ in billions)
AAA		$	34.5		33.7	%
AA		20.0			19.5	%
A		30.3			29.5	%
BBB		16.4			16.0	%
Below investment grade		1.3			1.3	%
Total		$	102.5		100.0	%

(1) These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations. Our scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2005:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

	Net Par Outstanding			Percent of Total Net Par Outstanding
	($ in billions)
United States:
California		$	7.3		7.1	%
New York		5.6			5.5	%
Texas		3.4			3.3	%
Illinois		3.1			3.0	%
Florida		2.7			2.6	%
Massachusetts		2.6			2.6	%
New Jersey		2.3			2.2	%
Pennsylvania		2.2			2.2	%
Washington		2.0			1.9	%
Puerto Rico		1.6			1.6	%
Other states		18.0			17.5	%
Mortgage and structured (multiple states)		38.6			37.7	%
Total U.S.		89.4			87.2	%
International		13.1			12.8	%
Total		$	102.5		100.0	%

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

We seek broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The following table sets forth the distribution of our portfolio as of December 31, 2005 by original size of our exposure:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

Original Par Amount Per Issue	Number of Issues		Percent of Total Number of Issues			Net Par Outstanding			% of Total Net Par Outstanding
	($ in billions)
Less than $10.0 million		8,186		78.0	%		$	5.7		5.6	%
$10.0 through $24.9 million		996		9.5	%		10.9			10.6	%
$25.0 through $49.9 million		545		5.2	%		13.2			12.9	%
$50.0 million and above		770		7.3	%		72.7			70.9	%
Total		10,497		100.0	%		$	102.5		100.0	%

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 by source:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

	Gross Par Written			Gross Par In Force
	($ in billions)
Direct		$	17.2		$	40.8
Reinsurance:
FSA		4.6			26.6
Ambac		2.6			11.7
FGIC		1.4			9.7
MBIA(1)		—			15.0
Other ceding companies		0.5			1.5
Total		$	26.3		$	105.3

(1) The Company had $16.6 million of gross par written in 2005.

Mortgage Guaranty Insurance/Reinsurance

Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value (“LTV”) in excess of a specified ratio. In the United States, governmental agencies and private mortgage guaranty insurance compete in this market, while some lending institutions choose to self-insure against the risk of loss on high LTV mortgage loans.

Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company’s risk profile.

The U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurance industry, composed of only monoline insurance companies as required by law, provides two basic types of coverage: primary insurance, which protects lenders against default on individual residential mortgage loans by covering losses on such loans to a stated percentage, and pool insurance, which protects lenders against loss on an underlying pool of individual mortgages by covering the full amount of the loss (less the proceeds from any applicable primary coverage) on individual residential mortgage loans in the pool, with an aggregate limit usually expressed as a percentage of the initial loan balances in the pool. Primary and pool insurance are used to facilitate the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, principally to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac provide indirect funding for approximately half of all mortgage loans originated in the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are prohibited by their charters from purchasing mortgage loans with LTV’s of greater than 80% unless the loans are insured by a designated mortgage guaranty insurer or some other form of credit enhancement is provided. In addition, pool insurance is often used to provide credit support for mortgage-backed securities and other secondary mortgage market transactions.

Mortgage guaranty reinsurance comprises the bulk of our in-force mortgage business. We have provided reinsurance of primary mortgage insurance and pool insurance in the United States on a quota share and excess of loss basis. Quota share reinsurance describes all forms of reinsurance in which the

reinsurer shares in a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the business ceded by the primary company (subject to a ceding commission). Excess of loss reinsurance refers to reinsurance which indemnifies the ceding company for that portion of the loss that exceeds an agreed-upon “retention.” There has been a decrease in demand for our quota share mortgage guaranty reinsurance products over the last five years, as primary mortgage insurers have expanded their capital bases.

We have been a leading provider of excess of loss reinsurance to lender captives and third-party insurers in the United Kingdom. There is not a consistent demand for mortgage insurance guaranty (“MIG”) reinsurance in the United Kingdom although business opportunities may arise from time to time. We have entered into multi-year reinsurance arrangements with several lenders and third-party insurers.

We have also participated in the mortgage reinsurance markets in Ireland, Hong Kong and Australia. We have participated in these markets on an excess of loss basis with high attachment points and believe that our risk of loss on these transactions is remote.

The mortgage guaranty segment has a decreasing portfolio and is opportunistic with limited possibilities for new business due to our change in business strategy and the overall market for mortgage insurance. New business in this segment will be generated at irregular intervals.

Mortgage Portfolio

The following table sets forth our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force by geographic region as of December 31, 2005:

Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region

	Risk In Force			Percent
	($ in millions)
United Kingdom		$	1,618.2		69.4	%
Ireland		377.8			16.2	%
United States		136.2			5.8	%
Hong Kong		118.9			5.1	%
Australia		80.8			3.5	%
Total		$	2,331.9		100.0	%

The following table sets forth our mortgage guaranty risk in force by treaty type as of December 31, 2005:

Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Treaty Type

	Risk In Force			Percent
	($ in millions)
Excess of loss		$	2,281.8		97.9	%
Quota share		50.1			2.1	%
Total		$	2,331.9		100.0	%

Other

We have participated in several lines of business that are reflected in our historical financial statements, but that we have exited, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, life, accident and health reinsurance (“LA&H”) and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in this segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described under

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions.”

Our equity layer credit protection business generally consisted of first loss and mezzanine layer participations in credit derivatives or total rate of return swaps written on portfolios of primarily investment grade corporate credits and highly-rated classes of structured securities. We stopped writing new business in this line in early 2003. We have terminated all of these transactions during 2003 and 2004.

Trade credit insurance protects sellers of goods and services from the risk of non-payment of trade receivables. We participated in this market as a reinsurer. We ceased writing new trade credit business during 2004. All of our trade credit business was either retroceded or novated to a subsidiary of ACE, effective April 1, 2004.

We had offered title reinsurance products derived from excess of loss and quota share reinsurance products, on both a treaty and facultative basis, in the United States. ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, the company through which we had written U.S. title reinsurance business, was sold to ACE in April 2004.

We participated in a limited number of LA&H reinsurance transactions, all of which were transferred, through assignment or retrocession, to subsidiaries of ACE. We stopped writing this business in late 2001.

Auto residual value reinsurance protects automobile lessors and balloon note lenders against the risk that the actual value of an automobile at lease end or loan maturity will be less than the projected residual value of the automobile. We stopped writing new business in this line in 2001. All of this business was either retroceded to a subsidiary of ACE Limited (“ACE”), our former parent, or commuted effective April 1, 2004.

Underwriting

The underwriting, operations and risk management guidelines, policies and procedures of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of credit review and analysis.

Exposure limits and underwriting criteria are established, as appropriate, for sectors, countries, single risks and in the case of structured finance obligations, servicers. Single risk limits are established in relation to the Company’s capital base and are based on our assessment of potential severity of loss as well as other factors.

Critical risk factors for proposed public finance exposures include, for example, the credit quality of the issuer, the type of issue, the repayment source, security pledged, the presence of restrictive covenants, and the issue’s maturity. Underwriting consideration for exposures include (1) class, reflecting economic and social factors affecting that bond type, including the importance of the proposed project, (2) the financial management of the project and of the issuer, and (3) various legal and administrative factors. In cases where the primary source of repayment is the taxing or rate setting authority of a public entity, such as general obligation bonds, transportation bonds and municipal utility bonds, emphasis is placed on the overall financial strength of the issuer, the economic and demographic characteristics of the taxpayer or ratepayer base and the strength of the legal obligation to repay the debt. In cases of quasi-public entities such as healthcare bonds and private higher education bonds, emphasis is placed on the financial stability of the institution, its competitive position and its management.

Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: (1) asset risk, pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; (2) structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issue’s legal structure provides protection from loss; and (3) execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each risk is

addressed in turn through our underwriting process. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon the historic performance of the subject asset class, or those assets actually underlying the risk proposed to be insured or reinsured. Future performance expectations are developed from this history, taking into account economic, social and political factors affecting that asset class as well as, to the extent feasible, the subject assets themselves. Conclusions are then drawn about the amount of over-collateralization or other credit enhancement necessary in a particular transaction in order to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) against poor asset performance. In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the guarantor) from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity which originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer of those assets.

For international transactions, an analysis of the country or countries in which the risk resides is performed. Such analysis includes as assessment of the political risk as well as the economic and demographic characteristics of the country or countries. For each transaction, we perform an assessment of the legal regime governing the transaction and the laws affecting the underlying assets supporting the obligations.

Underwriting Procedures

Each insurance, facultative reinsurance and credit derivative transaction after passing an initial assessment intended to consider the desirability of the proposed exposure, is assigned to a team including relevant underwriting and legal personnel. Finance personnel review the proposed exposure for compliance with applicable accounting standards and investment guidelines. The team reviews the structure of the transaction, and the underwriter reviews credit issues pertinent to the particular line of business. In our structured financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty lines, underwriters generally apply computer models to stress cash flows in their assessment of the risk inherent in a particular transaction. For reinsurance transactions, stress model results may be provided by the primary insurer. Stress models may also be developed internally by our underwriting department and reflect both empirical research as well as information gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies, investment banks or servicers. Where warranted to assess a particular credit risk properly, we may perform a due diligence review in connection with a transaction. A due diligence review may include, among other things, meetings with issuer management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and review of financial procedures and computer systems. The structure of a transaction is also scrutinized from a legal perspective by in-house and, where appropriate, external counsel, and specialty legal expertise is consulted when our legal staff deems it appropriate.

Upon completion of underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to an underwriting committee for review. In the vast majority of cases, an oral presentation is made to the committee, followed by questions from committee members and discussion among the committee members and the underwriters. In some cases, additional information may be presented at the meeting or required to be submitted prior to approval. Signatures of committee members are received and any further requirements, such as specific terms or evidence of due diligence, is noted. At the discretion of the Chief Credit Officer, for submissions that are of a relatively low-risk nature or where the transaction is substantially similar to others that have been submitted in the past, a formal meeting may be foregone. A formal submission and signatures of the committee members are required whether a formal meeting is held or not. U.S. direct business is submitted to AGC’s Underwriting Committee, which consists of senior professionals including underwriting officers, the President and Chief Credit Officer and other senior officers of AGC. Transactions submitted by Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. must be approved by Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.’s Underwriting Committee, consisting of senior officers of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., and a further Supervisory Underwriting Committee containing the President and Chief Credit Officer of AGC. Transactions submitted for execution in AGRO must be recommended by the AG Intermediary

Credit Committee, consisting substantially of senior officers of AGC including the President and Chief Credit Officer, and approved by AGRO’s underwriting managers in Bermuda. Transactions submitted for approval within AG Re must be approved by the AG Re Underwriting Committee, containing senior officers of AG Re, including the President and Chief Operating Officer.

Treaty Underwriting

The procedures for underwriting treaty business differ somewhat from those for facultative reinsurance, as we make a forward commitment to reinsure business from a ceding company for a specified period of time. Although we have the ability to exclude certain classes or categories of risk from a treaty, we have a limited ability to control the individual risks ceded pursuant to the terms of the treaty. As a result, we enter into reinsurance treaties only with ceding companies with proven track records and after extensive underwriting due diligence with respect to the proposed cedant. Prior to entering into a reinsurance treaty, we meet with senior management, underwriters, risk managers, and accounting and systems personnel of the proposed cedant. We evaluate the ceding company’s underwriting expertise and experience, capital position, in-force book of business, reserves, cash flow, profitability and financial strength. We actively monitor ceded treaty exposures. Collected data is evaluated regularly to detect ceded risks that are inconsistent with our expectations. If appropriate and permitted under the terms of the treaty, we add exclusions in response to risks identified during our evaluations. Our surveillance department conducts periodic audits of each ceding company. The audits entail review of underwriting and surveillance files, as well as meetings with management. Information gathered during these audits is used to re-evaluate treaties at the time of renewal.

Risk Management

The Company’s risk policies and limits are set by the Portfolio Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management and senior Credit and Surveillance officers. The Portfolio Risk Management Committee focuses on the measurement and management of credit, market and liquidity risk for the overall company and its main operating subsidiaries. It has established and maintains underwriting limits, policies and procedures and meets at least quarterly to review and set policy.

Our risk management personnel are responsible for transactional and treaty surveillance, insured portfolio management, risk syndication and claims administration. Risk management, in consultation with the Chief Credit Officer, designates those risks which are to be excluded from our reinsurance treaty assumptions. Tailored surveillance strategies have been developed for each type of exposure, depending upon the credit risk inherent in the exposure, with a view to determining credit trends in the insured book and making recommendations on portfolio management and risk mitigation strategies, to the extent appropriate. Because both businesses involve similar risks, we analyze and monitor our financial guaranty direct portfolio and our financial guaranty reinsurance portfolio on a coordinated basis.

We may also seek to mitigate the risk inherent in our exposures through the purchase of third party reinsurance or retrocessions, and may also periodically enter into other arrangements to alleviate all or a portion of this risk.

Direct Businesses

We conduct surveillance procedures to track risk aggregations and monitor performance of each risk. For municipal risk, we have review schedules for each credit dependent on the underlying rating of the credit and the revenue type. Credits perceived to have greater risk profiles are reviewed more frequently than other credits or classes of credits that historically have had few defaults. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, we review the credit more frequently and take remedial action as permitted by the terms of the transaction.

For structured securities and certain mortgage risks, we generally collect data, on a regular basis, and compare actual default and delinquency statistics to those generated by our models. To the extent that a transaction is performing materially below expectations, we seek to take steps to mitigate the potential for loss. Such steps may include meetings with servicers, re-evaluation of loan files and, in certain cases, removal of the servicer.

We have created various models to track performance of certain other large direct business lines including CDOs. These systems incorporate risk-tracking tools such as credit spreads and ratings which are obtained from third parties and incorporated into our risk tracking process.

Reinsurance Businesses

Our surveillance personnel take steps to ensure that the primary insurer is managing risk pursuant to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. To this end, we conduct periodic audits of ceding companies. We may conduct additional surveillance audits during the year, at which time underwriting, surveillance and claim files of the ceding company are reviewed. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, more frequent reviews of the ceding company’s risk mitigation activities are conducted. For certain exposures, we also will undertake an independent analysis and remodeling of the transaction.

Closely Monitored Credits

Our surveillance department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits. The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; claim/default probable, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid, case reserve established for future payments). The closely monitored credits include all below investment grade (BIG) exposures where there is a material amount of exposure (generally greater than $10.0 million) or a material risk of the Company incurring a loss greater than $0.5 million. The closely monitored credits also include investment grade (IG) risks where credit quality is deteriorating and where, in the view of the Company, there is significant potential that the risk quality will fall below investment grade. The closely monitored credits include approximately 96% of our BIG exposure, and the remaining BIG exposure of $55.2 million is distributed across 103 different credits. Other than those excluded BIG credits, credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound risks. The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	As of December 31, 2005								As of December 31, 2004
Description:	Net Par Outstanding			% of Net Par Outstanding			# of Credits in Category		Net Par Outstanding			% of Net Par Outstanding			# of Credits in Category
	($ in millions)
Fundamentally sound risk(1)		$	100,963		98.6	%				$	93,602		97.9	%
Closely monitored:
Category 1		872			0.9	%		36		1,490			1.6	%		35
Category 2		433			0.4	%		22		165			0.2	%		9
Category 3		131			0.1	%		15		70			—			16
Category 4		11			—			11		12			—			8
Sub total		1,447			1.4	%		84		1,737			1.8	%		68
Other below investment grade risk		55			—			103		253			0.3	%		144
Total		$	102,465		100.0	%				$	95,592		100.0	%

(1) As of December 31, 2005, Category 1 contains 4 credits with net par outstanding of $44.8 million and Category 2 contains 7 credits with net par outstanding of $80.6 million in geographic areas affected by Hurricane Katrina.

Losses and Reserves

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See the “Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Critical Accounting Estimates section for more information on our derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty direct and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio in all periods presented.

We record portfolio reserves in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are not established for quota share mortgage insurance contract types, all of which are in run-off, rather IBNR reserves have been established for these contracts.

Portfolio reserves are not established based on a specific event, rather they are calculated by aggregating the portfolio reserve calculated for each individual transaction. Individual transaction reserves are calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the par in-force by the product of the ultimate loss and earning factors without regard to discounting. The ultimate loss factor is defined as the frequency of loss multiplied by the severity of loss, where the frequency is defined as the probability of default for each individual issue. The earning factor is inception to date earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from historical rating agency data and is based on the transaction’s credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of historical recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. To date our reinsurance programs have been made up of excess of loss contracts. We have not ceded any amounts under these contracts, as our recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded our contractual retentions.

The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When we initially record a case reserve, we reclassify the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in our statement of operations. It would be a remote occurrence when the case reserve is not greater than the reclassified portfolio reserve. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in our statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

for mortgage guaranty quota-share reinsurance contracts, all of which are in run-off, within our mortgage guaranty segment. We also record IBNR for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment. The other segment represents lines of business we have exited or sold prior to the IPO.

For all other mortgage guaranty transactions we record portfolio reserves in a manner consistent with our financial guaranty business. While other mortgage guaranty insurance companies do not record portfolio reserves, rather just case and IBNR reserves, we record portfolio reserves because we write business on an excess of loss basis, while other industry participants write quota share or first layer loss business. We manage and underwrite this business in the same manner as our financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance business because they have similar characteristics as insured obligations of mortgage-backed securities.

FAS No. 60, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises” (“FAS 60”) is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) could be different under the two methods.

We believe the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so we also apply the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 85-20, “Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan” (“EITF 85-20”), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“FAS 5”). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred as of the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. When the FASB staff reaches a conclusion on this issue, which is expected during the first half of 2006, the Company and the rest of the financial guaranty industry may be required to change some aspects of their loss reserving policies, but the Company cannot currently assess how the FASB or SEC staffs’ ultimate resolution of this issue will impact our reserving policy or other balances, i.e., premiums and DAC. Until the issue is resolved, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of reserves for losses and LAE:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Balance as of January 1	$	226,503		$	522,593		$	458,831
Less reinsurance recoverable	(120,220		)	(122,124		)	(100,826		)
Net balance as of January 1	106,283			400,469			358,005
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	13,747			581			725
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves(1):
Current year	10,609			56,666			31,072
Prior years	(76,683		)	(81,259		)	94,587
	(66,074		)	(24,593		)	125,659
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	(13,747		)	(581		)	(725		)
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves	(3,490		)	(7,386		)	18,951
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses	(69,564		)	(31,979		)	144,610
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered pertaining to:
Current year	(143		)	(50,623		)	(30,702		)
Prior years(1)	77,340			(190,960		)	(69,133		)
	77,197			(241,583		)	(99,835		)
Value of reinsurance business assumed	—			(14,226		)	(6,096		)
Transfer title reserves	—			(6,620		)	—
Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves	(5,047		)	222			3,785
Net balance as of December 31	108,869			106,283			400,469
Plus reinsurance recoverable(2)	12,350			120,220			122,124
Balance as of December 31(2)	$	121,219		$	226,503		$	522,593

(1) The prior year loss recovery of $ 77.3 million in 2005 is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business .

(2) Reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves decreased in 2005 compared with 2004 due to: 1) a quota share retrocession agreement that the Company entered into on April 28, 2004 with ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (“AIOIC”), a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with an action filed by World Omni Financial Corp. (“World Omni”) against AG Intermediary Inc. and AGRO, subsidiaries of the Company, for a premium of $32.2 million. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005 between AIOIC and World Omni. Upon settlement, the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, representing its entire obligation to World Omni, and 2) $53.3 million of released reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, due to the run-off and novation of our trade credit business, which is included in our other segment.

Investments

Our principal objectives in managing our investment portfolio are: (1) to preserve our subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings; (2) to maximize total after-tax net investment income while generating a competitive total rate of return; (3) to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; (4) to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk; and (5) to meet applicable regulatory requirements.

We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include: (1) securities whose market values have declined by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months; (2) recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies; (3) the financial

condition of the applicable issuer; (4) whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and (5) whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value. If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheets. If we believe the decline is “other than temporary,” we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a loss on our statements of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management’s current judgment of the factors noted above. If that judgment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

As of December 31, 2005, we had no below investment grade securities or non-rated securities in our investment portfolio. For additional information regarding our investments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Investment Portfolio.”

Prior to January 1, 2005 we had retained Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. As of January 1, 2005 this function has been placed with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Our investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines. We compensate each of these managers based upon a fixed percentage of the market value of our portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we paid aggregate investment management fees of $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, to these managers.

Competition

Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty direct market are Ambac Assurance Corporation (“Ambac”), Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”), Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA”), MBIA Insurance Corporation (“MBIA”), XL Capital Assurance Inc (“XL”) and CDC IXIS Financial Guaranty (“CFIG”), all of which have “AAA”, “AAA” and “Aaa” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Inc. (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) and Moody’s Investor Services (“Moody’s”). Based on shareholders’ equity Ambac, FGIC, FSA and MBIA are larger than we are, while we are larger than XL and CFIG. Banks, smaller and lower rated financial guaranty insurance companies and multiline insurers and reinsurers also participate in the broader credit enhancement market. The principal competitive factors are: (1) premium rates; (2) conditions precedent to the issuance of a policy related to the structure and security features of a proposed bond issue; (3) the financial strength ratings of the guarantor; and (4) the quality of service and execution provided to issuers, investors and other clients of the issuer. Financial guaranty insurance also competes domestically and internationally with other forms of credit enhancement, including the use of senior and subordinated tranches of a proposed structured finance obligation and/or overcollateralization or cash collateral accounts, as well as more traditional forms of credit support.

Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market are Radian Reinsurance Inc., RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd., XL Financial Assurance Ltd., Channel Reinsurance Ltd. and BluePoint Re Ltd. Based on shareholders’ equity, we are larger than our principal competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based upon many factors, including overall financial strength, pricing, service and evaluation of claims-paying ability by the major rating agencies.

The U.S. private mortgage insurance industry consists of eight active mortgage guaranty insurers: CMG Mortgage Insurance Company, Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Company, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., Radian Guaranty Inc., Republic Mortgage Insurance Company, Triad Mortgage Insurance Company and United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company. These mortgage guaranty insurers do not use a material amount of third-party reinsurance. They do,

however, employ various risk-sharing arrangements with their affiliated companies. In addition, lender-owned “captive” companies are a significant source of reinsurance capacity for the industry. In the United Kingdom, we face competition from affiliates of U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurers, which primarily write excess of loss reinsurance for MIG captives.

Regulation

General

The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers. We are subject to regulation under applicable statutes in the United States, the United Kingdom and Bermuda.

United States

Assured Guaranty Ltd. has two operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the United States, which we refer to collectively as the “Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries.”

AGC is a Maryland-domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance (and in some states casualty, surety and other lines) in 48 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. AGC has license applications pending, in those states in which it is not currently licensed. AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. Assured Value Insurance Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGC, is a Maryland-domiciled and licensed insurance company. It is licensed to conduct surety business. To date, it has not transacted any business. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., also a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGC, is a UK incorporated company licensed to do credit suretyship and miscellaneous financial loss.

Assured Guaranty Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGRO, is a New York corporation licensed as a mortgage guaranty insurer in the State of New York and in the District of Columbia and thereby is authorized solely to transact the business of mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance. Assured Guaranty Mortgage is an approved or accredited reinsurer in the States of California, Illinois and Wisconsin.

Insurance Holding Company Regulation

Assured Guaranty and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to register with its respective domestic state insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within their holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as service agreements, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.

Change of Control

Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant’s board of directors and executive officers, the acquirer’s plans for the management of the applicant’s board of directors and

executive officers, the acquirer’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving us that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.

State Insurance Regulation

State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S. insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends, and, in certain instances, approving policy forms and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations by regulators other than the domestic regulator are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

As stated above, financial examinations are conducted by the state of domicile of the insurer. The Maryland Insurance Administration conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in Maryland every five years. During 2003, the Maryland Insurance Administration completed its field work in connection with a five-year examination of Assured Guaranty for the period from 1997 through 2001. The Report on Financial Examination, issued by the Maryland Insurance Administration on October 10, 2003 in connection with such examination, did not contain any materially adverse findings. The New York Insurance Department, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York, also at five-year intervals. During 2003, the New York Insurance Department completed its field work in connection with its examination of Assured Guaranty Mortgage for the period from 1997 though 2002. The report on the examination, issued July 11, 2003 by the New York Insurance Department, does not contain any materially adverse findings.

The terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any U.S. state insurance department with respect to rates. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers.

State Dividend Limitations

Maryland. One of the primary sources of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by Assured Guaranty is the receipt of dividends from AGC. If a dividend or distribution is an “extraordinary dividend,” it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An “extraordinary dividend” is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty, which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of an insurance company’s policyholders’ surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of AGC’s adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the

insurer’s policyholders’ surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. AGC declared and paid dividends of $4.3 million during 2005 to Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. As of December 31, 2005, the maximum amount available during 2006 for the payment of dividends by AGC which would not be characterized as “extraordinary dividends” was approximately $25.6 million.

New York. Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of “earned surplus,” which is defined as that portion of the company’s surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage’s statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage’s adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. Assured Guaranty Mortgage did not declare or pay dividends during 2005. As of December 31, 2005, Assured Guaranty Mortgage had negative unassigned funds and therefore cannot pay dividends during 2005.

Contingency Reserves

In accordance with Maryland insurance law and regulations, AGC maintains a statutory contingency reserve for the protection of policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The contingency reserve is maintained for each obligation and is equal to the greater of 50% of the premiums written or a percentage of principal guaranteed (which percentage varies from 0.55% to 2.5% depending on the nature of the asset). The contingency reserve is put up over a period of either 15 or 20 years, depending on the nature of the obligation, and then taken down over the same period of time. The contingency reserve may be maintained net of reinsurance. AGC’s contingency reserve was in compliance with these insurance laws and regulations.

Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage must establish a contingency reserve to protect policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. This reserve is established out of net premiums (gross premiums less premiums returned to policyholders) remaining after the statutory unearned premium reserve is established. Contributions to the contingency reserve must equal 50% of remaining earned premiums and, except as otherwise approved by the Superintendent of Insurance, must be maintained in the contingency reserve for a period of 120 months. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the ceding company. Assured Guaranty Mortgage’s contingency reserve as of December 31, 2005 met these requirements.

Risk-to-Capital Requirements

Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage’s total liability, net of applicable reinsurance, under its aggregate insurance policies may not exceed 25 times its total policyholders’ surplus, commonly known as the “risk-to-capital” requirement. As of December 31, 2005, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for Assured Guaranty Mortgage was below the limit.

Investments

The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2005. In addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company’s board of directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.

Operations of Our Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries

The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by unlicensed or non-accredited insurers and reinsurers. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., AG Re and AGRO are not admitted to do business in the United States. We do not intend that Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., AG Re or AGRO will maintain offices or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction in the United States where the conduct of such activities would require it to be admitted or authorized.

In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers’ business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing “credit for reinsurance” which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company’s state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company’s liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit on the statutory financial statement of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited.

Bermuda

Each of AG Re and AGRO, our “Bermuda Subsidiaries,” is an insurance company registered and licensed as a “Class 3 insurer” and a “long-term insurer” under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda. AGC is permitted under a revocable permit granted under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”) to engage in and carry on trade and business limited to engaging in certain non-U.S. financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda, subject to compliance with the conditions attached to the permit and relevant provisions of the Companies Act (including having a Bermuda principal representative for the Companies Act purposes, restrictions on activities in Bermuda, publication and filing of prospectuses on public offerings of securities, registration of charges against its assets and certain winding up provisions). AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the “Insurance Act”) impose on insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards; certain restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions; certain restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; certain restrictions on the winding up of long-term insurers; and certain auditing and reporting requirements and also the need to have a principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance

Act grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority the power to cancel insurance licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3 insurers are authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin, liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed by the Insurance Act. Long-term insurers are permitted to carry on long-term business (as understood under the Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to maintain its long-term business fund (a segregated fund). Each of AG Re and AGRO is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited by an auditor approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (no approved auditor of an insurer may have an interest in that insurer, other than as an insured, and no officer, servant or agent of an insurer shall be eligible for appointment as an insurer’s approved auditor), together with an annual loss reserve opinion of a Bermuda Monetary Authority-approved loss reserve specialist and the required actuary’s certificate with respect to the long-term business. AGC has an exemption from such filings, subject to certain conditions.

Certain provisions of services and office space in Bermuda by ACE affiliated companies will require specific licenses and approvals by the Minister of Finance of Bermuda or other Bermuda regulatory authority. Under a condition to its permit granted under the Companies Act, AGC must inform the Minister of Finance of any change in its beneficial ownership within 14 days of the occurrence of such change.

Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AG Re, AGRO and AGC.

Under the Insurance Act:

· The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced (for a company registered both as a Class 3 insurer and a long-term insurer the minimum share capital is US$370,000 and for a company registered as a Class 3 insurer only, the minimum share capital is US$120,000).

· With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other statutory capital, certain restrictions under the Insurance Act 1978 may apply if the proposal is to reduce its total statutory capital. Before reducing its total statutory capital by 15% or more of the insurer’s total statutory capital as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, a Class 3 insurer or a long-term insurer must obtain the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

· With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:

(a) the insurer may not declare or pay any dividends during any financial year if it would cause the insurer to fail the applicable solvency margin or liquidity ratio (the “relevant margins”);

(b) if the insurer failed to meet any of its relevant margins on the last day of any financial year the insurer may not, without the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority, declare or pay any dividends during the next financial year; and

(c) a Class 3 insurer which at any time fails to meet its general business solvency margin may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances the Class 3 insurer must report, within 30 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Bermuda Monetary Authority giving particulars of the

circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the Class 3 insurer intends to rectify the failure.

· A long-term insurer may not:

(a) use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer’s approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders; and

(b) declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by the insurer’s approved actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of the insurer’s long-term business, and the amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of the business of the insurer other than its long-term business.

Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company (such as Assured Guaranty, AG Re and AGRO) may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company’s assets will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid-in share premium, including the repurchase of shares and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.

Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

Although Assured Guaranty Ltd. is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, Assured Guaranty may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.

Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an “exempted” company, Assured Guaranty (as well as each of AG Re and AGRO) may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister of Finance consents to a higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of Assured Guaranty’s business carried on outside Bermuda.

The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in “exempted” entities like Assured Guaranty that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. Assured Guaranty is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies and permit companies, such as AGC, pay, as

applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda.”

Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. Currently, all of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted work permits by the Bermuda government. This includes the following key employees: Messrs. Frederico, Mills, Michener, Albert, Pickering and Bailenson and Ms. Purtill each of whom has received a work permit.

United Kingdom

General

Since December 1, 2001, the regulation of the financial services industry in the United Kingdom has been consolidated under the Financial Services Authority (“FSA UK”). In addition, the regulatory regime in the United Kingdom must comply with certain European Union (“EU”) directives binding on all EU member states.

The FSA UK is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in the UK, having the authority to oversee the carrying on of “regulated activities” (including deposit taking, insurance and reinsurance, investment management and most other financial services), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the UK financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the UK unless that person is authorized by the FSA UK and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity, or otherwise falls under an exemption to such regulation.

Insurance business in the United Kingdom falls into two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment-related) and general insurance. It is not possible for an insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business. These two categories are both divided into “classes” (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”), effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the UK, constitutes a “regulated activity” requiring authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.

Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is authorized to effect and carry out certain classes of non-life insurance, specifically: classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). This scope of permission is sufficient to enable Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance.

The insurance and reinsurance businesses of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. are subject to close supervision by the FSA UK. In addition to its requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction, the FSA UK is placing an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. There have been a number of recent changes

to the FSA UK’s rules that will affect insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in the UK. For example, the FSA UK has introduced rules on the sale of general insurance, known as insurance mediation, and has introduced the “Integrated Prudential Sourcebook” which includes measures such as risk-based capital adequacy rules, including individual capital assessments which are intended to align capital requirements with the risk profile of each insurance company and proposals aimed at ensuring adequate diversification of an insurer’s or reinsurer’s exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is currently calculating its minimum required capital according to the FSA’s new individual capital adequacy standards. Although we do not anticipate any adverse impact on Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., it is possible that the FSA’s individual capital adequacy standard may have an adverse impact on the potential business operations of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.

As a consequence of the new insurance mediation rules, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. now also has permission to arrange and advise on deals in financial guaranty’s which it underwrites.

Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. is not authorized as an insurer. It is authorized by the FSA UK as a “Category D” company to carry out designated investment business activities in that it may “advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)” relating to most investment instruments. In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in investments and make “arrangements with a view to transactions in investments.” It should be noted that Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

Supervision

The FSA UK carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants’ reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews.

The FSA UK has adopted a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach, the FSA UK periodically performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the UK which varies in scope according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA UK performs its risk assessment by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company. After each risk assessment, the FSA UK will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer’s risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA UK requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken.

Solvency Requirements

The Integrated Prudential Sourcebook requires that non-life insurance companies such as Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of the liabilities of the insurance company, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin (known in the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook as the minimum capital requirement) is set out in the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook, and for these purposes, the insurer’s assets and liabilities are subject to specified valuation rules. The Integrated Prudential Sourcebook also requires that Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. calculates and shares with the FSA UK its “enhanced capital requirement” based on risk-weightings applied to assets held and lines of business written. This enhanced capital requirement is not yet a legally-binding requirement but is required to form the basis of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.’s individual capital assessment which is then discussed with the FSA UK. It is currently not expected that the enhanced capital requirement will become legally binding before 2007. Failure to maintain capital at least equal to the higher of the minimum capital

requirement and the individual capital assessment is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA UK may be exercised.

To the extent that the amount of premiums for such classes exceed certain specified minimum thresholds, each insurance company writing property, credit and other specified categories of insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook to maintain an equalization reserve calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook.

These solvency requirements came into force on January 1, 2005. They may need to be amended in order to implement the European Union’s proposed “Solvency II” directive on risk-based capital but that is not expected to be implemented until 2009 or 2010.

In addition, an insurer (other than a company conducting only reinsurance business) is required to perform and submit to the FSA UK a solvency margin calculation return in respect of its ultimate parent and, if different, its ultimate EEA parent (see definition of “EEA” under “Passporting” below). Although there is currently no requirement that either parent solvency calculation shows a positive result, the FSA UK is required to take action where it considers that the solvency of the insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group solvency position. The test at the ultimate EEA holding company level will become a legally-binding capital requirement of the insurance company from December 31, 2006. Public disclosure of the EEA group calculation will be required from December 31, 2005. The purpose of these proposals is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms. Given the current structure of the Company, the main aspects of the Company’s capital regime will not apply to Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.’s ultimate parent, because it is incorporated in Bermuda, nor to the intermediate holding companies, because they are incorporated in the United States, but reporting will be required to the FSA UK up to the ultimate parent.

Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA UK all material related party transactions (e.g., intragroup reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer’s general insurance business amount).

Restrictions on Dividend Payments

UK company law prohibits Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has “profits available for distribution.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the UK insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer’s ability to declare a dividend, the FSA UK’s capital requirements may in practice act as a restriction on dividends.

Reporting Requirements

UK insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, UK insurance companies are required to file regulatory returns with the FSA UK, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under sections of the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (which have remained in force following the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook replacing most of its terms on 1 January 2005), audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA UK within two months and 15 days of the financial year end (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically).

Supervision of Management

The FSA UK closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified “controlled functions” within a regulated entity must be approved by the FSA UK.

Change of Control

FSMA regulates the acquisition of “control” of any UK insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a UK authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired “control” for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either.

Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire “control” of a UK authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA UK of its intention to do so. The FSA UK then has three months to consider that person’s application to acquire “control.” In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA UK must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a “fit and proper” person to have “control” and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of “control.” “Consumers” in this context includes all persons who may use the services of the authorized insurance company. Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken by the FSA UK.

Intervention and Enforcement

The FSA UK has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA UK statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA UK such as the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook and those parts of the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers which remain in force. The FSA UK has power, among other things, to enforce and take disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of both the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook and breaches of the conduct of business rules generally applicable to authorized persons.

The FSA UK also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA UK’s stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.

“Passporting”

EU directives allow Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. to conduct business in EU states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by FSA UK without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other EU jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EU on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as “passporting.” Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a “services” basis or on an “establishment” basis. Operating on a “services” basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an establishment basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator, and not by local regulatory authorities, although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules. In addition to EU member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader European Economic Area or “EEA”) are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework

applies. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is permitted to operate on a passport basis in various countries throughout the European Union; Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. is permitted to operate on a services basis in Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain and Sweden.

Fees and Levies

Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is subject to FSA UK fees and levies based on Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.’s gross written premiums. The FSA UK also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors’ protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the “FSCS”). The FSCS was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the FSCS when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. does not expect to write any insurance business that is protected by the FSCS.

Tax Matters

Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries

Bermuda

Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by us. Assured Guaranty, AGC, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries have each obtained from the Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries or to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to Assured Guaranty, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries. Assured Guaranty, AGC and the Bermuda Subsidiaries each pay annual Bermuda government fees, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries and AGC pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

United States

We have conducted and intend to conduct substantially all of our foreign operations outside the United States and to limit the U.S. contacts of Assured Guaranty and its foreign subsidiaries (except AGRO, which has elected to be taxed as a U.S. corporation) so that they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A foreign corporation, such as AG Re deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a foreign corporation may generally be entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Assured Guaranty and AG Re have and will continue to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income

tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the “branch profits” tax.

Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the “Bermuda Treaty”), a Bermuda insurance company would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any insurance income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. AG Re currently intends to conduct its activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the United States.

An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. We believe AG Re qualifies for Bermuda treaty benefits. Assured Guaranty is not eligible for treaty benefits because it is not an insurance company.

Foreign insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AG Re is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Code could subject a significant portion of AG Re’s investment income to U.S. income tax.

The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid to AG Re and Assured Guaranty UK are 4% for casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premium on life insurance premiums, subject to reduction to 0% under the U.K. Treaty with respect to premiums paid to Assured Guaranty UK.

Assured Guaranty US Holdings is a Delaware holding company. Its direct subsidiaries are AGC, a Maryland corporation and Assured Guaranty Financial Products, a Delaware corporation. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings (a subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings), is a Delaware corporation and its subsidiary, AGRO, is a Bermuda company which has elected under the Code to be taxed as a U.S. corporation. AGRO’s subsidiary is Assured Guaranty Mortgage, which is a New York corporation. As such, each corporation is subject to taxation in the United States at regular corporate rates. Dividends paid, if any, by Assured Guaranty US Holdings to Assured Guaranty will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax.

Taxation of Shareholders

Bermuda Taxation

Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding or other tax payable on principal, interests or dividends paid to the holders of the common shares of Assured Guaranty.

United States Taxation

This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations

thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States.

The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their common shares and who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder’s specific circumstances. For example, special rules apply to certain shareholders, such as partnerships, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons who are considered with respect to any of us as “United States shareholders” for purposes of the controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Assured Guaranty or the stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries entitled to vote (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle. Any such shareholder should consult their tax advisor.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. Person” means: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

Taxation of Dividends. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, related person insurance income (“RPII”), passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) and foreign personal holding company (“FPHC”) rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to the common shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of Assured Guaranty (as computed using U.S. tax principles). Under current legislation, certain dividends paid to individual shareholders before 2009 are eligible for reduced rates of tax. Dividends paid by Assured Guaranty to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such distributions exceed Assured Guaranty’s earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder’s basis in the common shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

Classification of Assured Guaranty or its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporation. Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the CFC’s taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., “constructively”)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A “10% U.S.

Shareholder” is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power (these provisions are described in “Description of Share Capital”) and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Assured Guaranty directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Assured Guaranty or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

The RPII CFC Provisions. The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of AG Re determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of AG Re’s gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any fiscal year in which AG Re’s gross RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although we cannot be certain, Assured Guaranty believes that the gross RPII of AG Re as a percentage of its gross insurance income was in prior years of operations and will be for the foreseeable future below the 20% threshold for each tax year.

RPII is any “insurance income” (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a “RPII shareholder” (as defined below) or a “related person” (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, “insurance income” is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of AG Re in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term “RPII shareholder” means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) any amount of Assured Guaranty’s common shares. Generally, the term “related person” for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. AG Re will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of Assured Guaranty by vote or value.

RPII Exceptions. The special RPII rules do not apply if (i) direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not U.S. Persons, are treated as owning (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of Assured Guaranty (the “20% Ownership Exception”), (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of AG Re’s gross insurance income for the taxable year (the “20% Gross Income Exception), (iii) AG Re elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) AG Re elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other requirements. Where none of these exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in Assured Guaranty (and therefore, indirectly, in AG Re) on the last day of Assured Guaranty’s taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AG Re was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person’s share of AG Re’s current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person’s share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. AG Re intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for the 20% Gross Income Exception.

Computation of RPII. For any year in which AG Re’s gross RPII is 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the year and AG Re does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception, Assured Guaranty may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of common shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent Assured Guaranty is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of common shares is a U.S. Person, Assured Guaranty may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.

If, as expected, gross RPII is less than 20% of gross insurance income, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.

Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders. Every RPII shareholder who owns common shares on the last day of any taxable year of Assured Guaranty in which AG Re’s gross insurance income constituting RPII for that year equals or exceeds 20% of AG Re’s gross insurance income and AG Re does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of AG Re’s RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AG Re was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns common shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of AG Re’s RPII.

Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The RPII provisions are complex have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe “such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise.” Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to AG Re is uncertain. In addition, we cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investor which does business with AG Re and is considering an investment in common shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances.

Dispositions of Common Shares. Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of common shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these common shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 15% for individuals and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if

any, generally will be a U.S. source gain and generally will constitute “passive income” for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a foreign corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain foreign entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC’s earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors that no U.S. shareholder of Assured Guaranty should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% of more of the total voting power of Assured Guaranty; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our common shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, Assured Guaranty will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a foreign corporation if the foreign corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether RPII constitutes 20% or more of the corporation’s gross insurance income or the 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code section 1248 would apply if a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because Assured Guaranty will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.

Description of Share Capital

The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Bermuda law, our memorandum of association and Bye-Laws, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In this section, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

We have an authorized share capital of $5,000,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of which 75,711,675 common shares were issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2006. Except as described below, our common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, we have the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder. See “—Acquisition of Common Shares by Us” below.

Voting Rights and Adjustments

In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares (and other of our shares) of a shareholder are treated as “controlled shares” (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any “United States person” as defined in the Code (a “U.S. Person”) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued and outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula specified in our Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to recognize income with respect to us under the Code if we were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in the Code and if the ownership threshold under the Code were 9.5% (as defined in our Bye-Laws as a “9.5% U.S. Shareholder”). In addition, our board of directors may determine that shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. “Controlled shares” includes, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The foregoing provision does not apply to ACE because it is not a U.S. Shareholder. Further, these provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns greater than 75% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.

Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our Bye-laws provide that we will use our best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.

Our board of directors is authorized to require any shareholder to provide information for purposes of determining whether any holder’s voting rights are to be adjusted, which may be information on beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder’s shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts our board of directors may deem relevant. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, our board of directors may eliminate the shareholder’s voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder will be treated by us as confidential information and shall be used by us solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists and applying the adjustments to voting power (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares

Each transfer must comply with current Bermuda Monetary Authority permission or have specific permission from the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of any common shares under certain circumstances, including if they have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as our board of directors considers de minimis). Transfers must be by instrument unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.

The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

Acquisition of Common Shares by Us

Under our Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if our board of directors determines that any ownership of our shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as our board of directors considers de minimis), we have the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to us or to a third party to whom we assign the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the board of directors to represent the shares’ fair market value (as defined in our Bye-Laws).

Other Provisions of Our Bye-Laws

Our Board of Directors and Corporate Action. Our Bye-Laws provide that our board of directors shall consist of not less than three and not more than 21 directors, the exact number as determined by the board of directors. Our board of directors consist of eight persons, and are divided into three classes. Each elected director generally will serve a three year term, with termination staggered according to class. Shareholders may only remove a director for cause (as defined in our Bye-Laws) at a general meeting, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and shall be provided to that director at least two weeks before the meeting. Vacancies on the board of directors can be filled by the board of directors if the vacancy occurs in those events set out in our Bye-Laws as a result of death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a director, or from an increase in the size of the board of directors.

Generally under our Bye-Laws, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a quorum is present is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the board of directors. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the board of directors without a meeting. A quorum shall be at least one-half of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative, provided that at least two directors are present in person.

Shareholder Action. At the commencement of any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the Bye-Laws.

The Bye-Laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.

Amendment. The Bye-Laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the board of directors and by resolution of the shareholders.

Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares. If we are required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of AG Re, AGFOL or any other directly held non-U.S. subsidiary of ours, our board of directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to our shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the non-U.S. subsidiary. Our board of directors in its discretion shall require substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of any direct or indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries other than UK and AGRO.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005, we had 126 employees. None of our employees is subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

We maintain an Internet Web site at www.assuredguaranty.com. We make available, free of charge, on our Web site (under Investor Information / SEC Filings) our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m (a) or 78o(d)) as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We also make available free of charge through our Web site (under Investor Information / Corporate Governance) links to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Code of Conduct and Charters for our Board Committees. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests them from our secretary by:

telephone (441) 278-6679
facsimile (441) 296-1083
e-mail jmichener@assuredguaranty.com

Nothing on our website should be considered incorporated by reference in this report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following information, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our management believes are material. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Company

A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect our business and prospects and, consequently, our results of operations and financial condition.

Financial strength ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. The objective of these ratings is to provide an opinion of an insurer’s financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies’ opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors in our common shares nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold our common shares.

As of the date of this Form 10-K, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

	Moody’s	S&P	Fitch
AGC	Aa1(Excellent)	AAA(Extremely Strong)	AAA(Extremely Strong)
AG Re	Aa2(Excellent)	AA(Very Strong)	AA(Very Strong)
AGRO	Aa2(Excellent)	AA(Very Strong)	AA(Very Strong)
Assured Guaranty Mortgage	Aa2(Excellent)	AA(Very Strong)	AA(Very Strong)
Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd	Aa1(Excellent)	AAA(Extremely Strong)	AAA(Extremely Strong)

“Aa1” (Excellent) is the second highest ranking and “Aa2” (Excellent) is the third highest ranking of 21 ratings categories used by Moody’s. A “AAA” (Extremely Strong) rating is the highest ranking and “AA” (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 21 ratings categories used by S&P. “AAA” (Extremely Strong) is the highest ranking and “AA” (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 24

ratings categories used by Fitch. An insurance financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer’s ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Insurance financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer’s ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including our common shares.

The major rating agencies have developed and published rating guidelines for rating financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers and reinsurers. The insurance financial strength ratings assigned by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch are based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in our common shares. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies in establishing these ratings include consideration of the sufficiency of capital resources to meet projected growth (as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet applicable capital adequacy standards), the company’s overall financial strength, and demonstrated management expertise in financial guaranty and traditional reinsurance, credit analysis, systems development, marketing, capital markets and investment operations. Obligations insured by AGC generally are rated Aa1, AAA and AAA by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively, by virtue of such insurance. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time.

The rating agencies grant credit to primary companies in their calculations of required capital and single risk limits for reinsurance ceded. The amount of credit is a function of the financial strength rating of the reinsurer. For example, S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a monoline reinsurer, including AG Re and AGRO:

	Monoline Reinsurer Rating
Ceding Company Rating	AAA			AA			A		BBB
AAA		100	%		70	%	50	%		n/a
AA		100	%		75	%	70	%		50	%
A		100	%		80	%	75	%		70	%
Below A: Not applicable.

For reinsurance ceded to a multiline reinsurer, S&P has re-examined its methodology for the determination of reinsurance credit. In the course of its examination, S&P considered the effect of having both monoline and multiline companies in the industry, determining that multiline reinsurers had not demonstrated sufficient commitment to participation in the industry and occasionally had handled claims for financial guaranty reinsurance as they handle claims in their other business lines. S&P therefore determined that no rating agency reinsurance credit would be accorded cessions to multiline reinsurance companies that had not demonstrated their willingness and ability to make timely payment, which willingness and ability is measured by a financial enhancement rating (“FER”) from S&P. A financial enhancement rating reflects not only an insurer’s perceived ability to pay claims, but also its perceived willingness to pay claims. FERs are assigned by S&P to multiline insurers requesting the rating who meet stringent criteria identifying the company’s capacity and willingness to pay claims on a timely basis. S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a multiline reinsurer carrying an FER:

	Multiline Reinsurer Rating
Ceding Company Rating	AAA			AA			A		BBB
AAA		95	%		65	%	45	%		n/a
AA		95	%		70	%	65	%		45	%
A		95	%		75	%	70	%		65	%
Below A: Not applicable.

The ratings of AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. are dependent upon support in the form of keepwell agreements. AG Re provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, AGRO. AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Mortgage. AGC provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, each of AG Re, AGRO and AGC agrees to provide funds to their respective subsidiaries sufficient for those subsidiaries to meet their obligations.

The ratings assigned by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our subsidiaries’ financial conditions or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or other factors. As a result, the ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries by any of the rating agencies may change at any time. If the ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels by any of the rating agencies, it could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary’s competitive position and its prospects for future business opportunities. A downgrade may also reduce the value of the reinsurance we offer, which may no longer be of sufficient economic value for our customers to continue to cede to our subsidiaries at economically viable rates.

With respect to a significant portion of our in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business, in the event of certain downgrades, the ceding company has the right to recapture business ceded to the affected subsidiary and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. Alternatively, the ceding company can increase the commissions it charges us for cessions. Any such increase may be retroactive to the date of the cession, requiring the affected subsidiary to refund a portion of related premium previously earned, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. In the event of a downgrade of any of our subsidiaries that write or insure exposures relating to contracts that allow for the use of derivative instruments to transfer credit risk, or credit derivatives, a downgrade below negotiated levels may allow a counterparty to terminate its agreements, resulting in the possible payment of a settlement amount. A downgrade also will increase the possibility that we may have to pledge collateral for the benefit of a counterparty.

A downgrade may also negatively impact the affected company’s ability to write new business or negotiate favorable terms on new business.

Our success depends on our ability to successfully execute our business strategy.

Our strategy is to focus on two core businesses: (1) financial and mortgage guaranty insurance and (2) financial guaranty reinsurance.

The fact that AGC, through which we write financial guaranty insurance, carries a triple-A rating from S&P and Fitch, but not from Moody’s places it at a competitive disadvantage against companies rated triple-A by S&P, Fitch and Moody’s. The absence of a triple-A rating from Moody’s may adversely affect the desirability of our financial guaranty insurance, and in fact may preclude us from successfully marketing our financial guaranty insurance in certain markets. Furthermore, while we have a substantial in-force book of financial guaranty direct business, the majority of that exposure was written in the credit derivatives market rather than in the more traditional third-party financial guaranty insurance market. We may not be able to successfully expand relationships with issuers, servicers and other parties that are necessary to generate business in the traditional financial guaranty insurance market.

We are dependent on a small number of ceding companies to provide us with a substantial part of our reinsurance business.

We have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies would have an adverse effect upon our reinsurance business. A number of factors could cause

such a reduction. For example, reluctance among our principal ceding companies to cede business to us as a result of competition with them in the direct financial guaranty business. In addition, primary insurers may retain higher levels of risk than in the past. Also, the volume of municipal bond and structured securities new issuances, together with the levels of and changes in interest rates and investor demand, may significantly affect the new business activities of primary financial guaranty insurers and, consequently, their use of reinsurance.

Additionally, our ability to receive profitable pricing for our reinsurance depends largely on prices charged by the primary insurers for their insurance coverage and the amount of ceding commissions paid by us to these primary insurers.

General economic factors, including fluctuations in interest rates and housing prices, may adversely affect our loss experience and the demand for our products.

Our business, and the risks associated with our business, depend in large measure on general economic conditions and capital markets activity. Our loss experience could be materially adversely affected by extended national or regional economic recessions, business failures, rising unemployment rates, interest rate changes or volatility, changes in investor perceptions regarding the strength of financial guaranty providers and the policies or guaranties offered by such providers, investor concern over the credit quality of municipalities or corporations, terrorist attacks, acts of war, or combinations of such factors. These events could also materially decrease demand for financial guaranty insurance. In addition to exposure to general economic factors, we are exposed to the specific risks faced by the particular businesses, municipalities or pools of assets covered by our financial guaranty products.

Prevailing interest rate levels affect capital markets activity which in turn affects demand for financial guaranty insurance. Higher interest rates may result in declines in new issue and refunding volume which may reduce demand for our financial guaranty products. Lower interest rates generally are accompanied by narrower interest rate spreads between insured and uninsured obligations. The purchase of insurance during periods of narrower interest rate spreads generally will provide lower cost savings to the issuer than during periods of wider spreads. These lower cost savings could be accompanied by a corresponding decrease in demand for financial guaranty insurance. However, the increased level of refundings during periods of lower interest rates historically has increased the demand for insurance.

Under the standard mortgage insurance policies that we reinsure, a default on the underlying mortgage generally will give the insurer the option to pay the entire loss amount and take title to the mortgaged property or pay the coverage percentage in full satisfaction of its obligations under the policy. Due to a strong housing market in recent years, insurers have been able to take advantage of paying the entire loss amount and selling properties quickly. If housing values depreciate or fail to appreciate, the primary insurers’ ability to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages may be reduced or delayed, which in turn may lead to increased losses under our related reinsurance contracts and have a material adverse affect on our results of operations or our financial condition in general.

If claims exceed our loss reserves, our financial results could be significantly adversely affected.

Our results of operations and financial condition depend upon our ability to assess accurately and manage the potential loss associated with the risks that we insure and reinsure. We establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, including reserves for Hurricane Katrina, based on estimates involving statistical projections of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims on the policies we write. We use statistical models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns as estimates of future trends in claims severity, frequency and other factors to establish our estimate of loss reserves. Establishing loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. Accordingly, actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps materially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

If our loss reserves at any time are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, or possibly an operating loss and reduction of capital.

Adverse selection by ceding companies may adversely affect our financial results.

A portion of our reinsurance business is written under treaties, which generally give the ceding company some ability to select the risks ceded to us as long as they are covered by the terms of the treaty. There is a risk under these treaties that the ceding companies will adversely select the risks ceded to us by ceding those exposures that have higher rating agency capital charges or that the ceding companies expect to be less profitable. We attempt to mitigate this risk in a number of ways, including requiring ceding companies to retain a minimum amount, which varies by treaty, of the ceded business. If we are unsuccessful in mitigating this risk, our financial results may be adversely affected.

Our financial guaranty products may subject us to significant risks from individual or correlated credits.

The breadth of our business exposes us to potential losses in a variety of our products as a result of a credit problem at one company (“single name” exposure). For example, we could have direct exposure to a corporate credit for which we write and/or insure a credit derivative. We could also be exposed to the same corporate credit risk if the credit’s securities are contained in a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) we insure, or if it is the originator or servicer of loans or other assets backing structured securities that we have insured. A CDO is a debt security backed by a pool of debt obligations. While we track our aggregate exposure to single names in our various lines of business and have established underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations, there can be no assurance that our ultimate exposure to a single name will not exceed our underwriting guidelines, or that an event with respect to a single name will not cause a significant loss. In addition, because we insure or reinsure municipal bonds, we can have significant exposures to single municipal risks. While the risk of a complete loss, where we pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest thereon with no recovery, is generally lower than for corporate credits as most municipal bonds are backed by tax or other revenues, there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Some of our direct financial guaranty products may be riskier than traditional financial guaranty insurance.

A substantial portion of our financial guaranty direct exposures have been assumed as credit derivatives. Traditional financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a municipal finance or structured finance obligation against non-payment of principal and interest, while credit derivatives provide protection from the occurrence of specified credit events, including non-payment of principal and interest. Credit derivative products may also provide for settlement of an entire exposure, rather than a missed payment obligation as in traditional financial guaranty, upon the occurrence of a credit event, which could require us to sell assets or otherwise generate liquidity in advance of any potential recoveries.

Competition in our industry may adversely affect our revenues.

We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition.

The financial guaranty industry is highly competitive. The principal sources of direct and indirect competition are other financial guaranty insurance companies, most of which have greater financial resources and superior financial strength ratings than we do. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement, including structural enhancement incorporated in structured and other obligations and letters of credit, guaranties and credit derivatives provided primarily by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises or have been assigned the highest ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies.

There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies. As a result, the industry is particularly vulnerable to swings in capacity based on the entry or exit of one or a small number of financial guaranty reinsurers.

New entrants into the financial guaranty industry could have an adverse effect on our prospects either by furthering price competition or by reducing the aggregate demand for our reinsurance as a result of additional insurance capacity. The most significant barriers to entry for new financial guaranty competitors are rating agency requirements and regulatory capital requirements. New entrants or additional reinsurance capacity would likely have an adverse effect on our business.

With respect to mortgage guaranty reinsurance, we compete with a number of other reinsurance companies as well as with alternatives to reinsurance, including risk-sharing arrangements with affiliates of the mortgage insurers and lender-owned captives. Many of these competitors have greater experience and relationships in these markets.

We are dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or our inability to retain other key personnel, could adversely affect our business.

Our success substantially depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, we rely substantially upon the services of Dominic J. Frederico, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other executives. Although Mr. Frederico and certain other executives have employment agreements with us, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain their services. The loss of the services of either of these individuals or other key members of our management team could adversely affect the implementation of our business strategy.

Our business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.

Our location in Bermuda may serve as an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificates is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. All of our Bermuda-based employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Credit Officer and Chief Surveillance Officer. It is possible that we could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew their work permits.

We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes affecting the performance of our investment portfolio.

Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected. Our investment portfolio contains interest rate-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates will reduce the value of these securities, resulting in unrealized losses that we are required to include in shareholder’s equity as a change in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, interest rate increases could reduce our shareholder’s equity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments.”

In addition, our investment portfolio includes mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2005, mortgage-backed securities constituted approximately 28% of our invested assets. As with other fixed maturity investments, the fair market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to significant prepayment risks on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities are prepaid more quickly, requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at then-current market rates. During periods of rising interest rates, the frequency of prepayments generally decreases. Mortgage-backed securities having an amortized value less than par ( i.e. , purchased at a discount) may incur a decrease in yield or a loss as a result of slower prepayment.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. We do not engage in active management, or hedging, of interest rate risk, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.

The performance of our invested assets affects our results of operations and cash flows.

Income from our investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flows supporting our operations and claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, our net investment income was $96.8 million, $94.8 million and $96.3 million, respectively, in each case exclusive of net realized gains and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. If our calculations with respect to our policy liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to meet these liabilities, we could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The investment policies of our insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our businesses.

We have retained BlackRock Financial Management (“BlackRock”) to manage our investment portfolio. The performance of our invested assets is subject to their performance in selecting and managing appropriate investments. BlackRock has discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines.

Our net income may be volatile because a portion of the credit risk we assume is in the form of credit derivatives that are accounted for under FAS 133, which requires that these instruments be marked-to-market quarterly.

Any event causing credit spreads ( i.e. , the difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in a credit derivative in our portfolio either to widen or to tighten will affect the fair value of the credit derivative and may increase the volatility of our earnings. Derivatives must be accounted for either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair market value. Although there is no cash flow effect from this “marking to market,” net changes in the fair market value of the derivative are reported in our statement of operations and therefore will affect our reported earnings. If the derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any gains or losses previously reported would be offset by corresponding gains or losses at maturity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying municipal or corporate security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions, industry cyclicality, changes to a company’s competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the

issuer’s ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations. Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends and their impact on the levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest.

An increase in our subsidiaries’ risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

Rating agencies and insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on our insurance subsidiaries. These capital requirements, which include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, limit the amount of insurance that our subsidiaries may write. Our insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from us, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary’s risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that we consider unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain such ratings could limit that subsidiary’s ability to write new business.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including our in-force book of business and rating agency capital requirements. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet these requirements and/or cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. Equity financings could result in dilution to our shareholders and the securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common shares. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital.

Adequate soft capital support may not be available.

Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, credit swap facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as “soft capital”) to supplement their “hard capital.” The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies attribute to the financial guaranty insurer or reinsurer when rating its financial strength. We intend to maintain soft capital facilities with providers having ratings adequate to provide the desired capital credit, although no assurance can be given that one or more of the rating agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of such providers in the future. In addition, we cannot assure you that an acceptable replacement provider would be available in that event.

We may require additional liquidity in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

We require liquidity in order to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to make capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. We anticipate that our need for liquidity will be met by (1) the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make

other payments to us, (2) external financings and (3) investment income from our invested assets. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to legal and rating agency restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and make other permitted payments, and external financing may or may not be available to us in the future on satisfactory terms. Our other subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and distributions. See “Business—Regulation.” While we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next 12 months, there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic condition that adversely affect our liquidity will not occur. Similarly, there can be no assurance that adequate liquidity will be available to us on favorable terms in the future.

Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligation with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to Assured Guaranty US Holding for debt service and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. While we believe that the operating cash flows of our subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet their needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case, nor can we assure you that existing liquidity facilities will prove adequate to their needs, or be available to them on favorable terms in the future.

Changes in tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact our investment portfolio.

Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, the imposition of a “flat tax,” the imposition of a national sales tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the United States, or changes in the treatment of dividends, could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations.

The Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003, enacted in May 2003, significantly reduces in certain situations the federal income tax rate for individuals on dividends and long-term capital gains through 2008. This tax change may adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of these obligations, which could reduce our revenue and profitability from the writing of such insurance and reinsurance. Future potential changes in U.S. tax laws might also affect demand for municipal securities and for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of those obligations.

Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market, also may adversely impact our investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of our tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.

Legislative and regulatory changes and interpretations could harm our business.

Changes in laws and regulations affecting insurance companies, the municipal and structured securities markets, the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets and the credit derivatives markets, as well as other governmental regulations, may subject us to additional legal liability, or affect the demand for the products that we provide. For example, recent uncertainty regarding the accounting for structured securities significantly, though temporarily, reduced new issuances of certain types of structured securities.

Our ability to meet our obligations may be constrained by our holding company structure.

Assured Guaranty is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. We do not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our

subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted payments from our operating subsidiaries are expected to be our primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to our shareholders. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to us. In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from our U.S. subsidiaries, they presently would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, subject, in the case of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings, to possible reduction to 5% under the income tax treaty between the United States and Barbados. The inability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay sufficient dividends and make other permitted payments to us would have an adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements and on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we do not pay dividends, the only return on your investment in our Company, if at all, would come from any appreciation in the price of our common shares. For more information regarding these limitations, see “Business—Regulation.”

Our ability to pay dividends may be constrained by certain regulatory requirements and restrictions.

We are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and to make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended (the “Companies Act”), we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only (1) if we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and after the payment would be, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and (2) if the realizable value of our assets would not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. While we currently intend to pay dividends, if you require dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before investing in our company. For more information regarding restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see “Business—Regulation.”

There are provisions in our Bye-Laws that may reduce or increase the voting rights of our common shares.

If, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as “controlled shares” (as determined under section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of any U.S. Person (as defined in “Tax Matters—Taxation of Shareholders”) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a “9.5% U.S. Shareholder”) shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder’s voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders, and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. “Controlled shares” include, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code).

Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our Bye-Laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them.

As a result of any reallocation of votes, your voting rights might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in your becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). In addition, the reallocation of your votes could result in your becoming subject to the short-swing profit recovery and filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

We also have the authority under our Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder’s voting rights are to be reallocated under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to our request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request by us, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder’s voting rights.

There are provisions in our Bye-Laws that may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and that may require shareholders to sell their common shares.

Our board of directors may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares (1) if it appears to the board of directors, after taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in our Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as the board of directors considers to be de minimis), or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the New York Stock Exchange, if a written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.

Our Bye-Laws also provide that if our board of directors determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders (other than such as the board of directors considers to be de minimis), then we have the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to us or to third parties to whom we assign the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences. See “Description of Share Capital.”

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of the Company.

Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. See “Regulation—Change of Control.” Because a person acquiring 10% or more of our common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of Maryland and New York would likely apply to such a transaction.

These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

While our Bye-Laws limit the voting power of any shareholder (other than ACE) to less than 10%, there can be no assurance that the applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of our common shares did not, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares, control the applicable insurance company subsidiary.

Some reinsurance agreement terms may make it difficult to effect a change of control of the Company

Some of our reinsurance agreements have change of control provisions that are triggered if a third party acquires a designated percentage of our shares. If these change of control provisions are triggered, the ceding company may recapture some or all of the reinsurance business ceded to us in the past. Any such recapture could adversely affect our future income or ratings. These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our Company, including through transactions that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Bye-Laws could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our common shares.

Our Bye-Laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our non-U.S. companies other than AGRO may be subject to U.S. tax.

We intend to manage our business so that Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and Assured Guaranty (UK) will operate in such a manner that none of them will be subject to U.S. tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income). However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not contend successfully that Assured Guaranty or any of our foreign subsidiaries is/are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, or Assured Guaranty (UK) were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, each such company could be subject to U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business. See “Tax Matters—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States.”

We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after 2016, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and on your investment.

The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda’s Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, has given Assured Guaranty, AGC, AG Re and AGRO an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, AGC or our Bermuda subsidiaries, or any of our or their operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until 2016. See “Tax Matters—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda.” Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance’s assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to Bermuda tax after 2016.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we or any of our Subsidiaries are considered to be a Personal Holding Company (“PHC”).

Assured Guaranty or a subsidiary might be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its income (which in the case of a foreign subsidiary would only include income from U.S. sources and foreign source income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business) if Assured Guaranty or such subsidiary is considered a personal holding company (“PHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status will depend on whether 50% or more of our shares could be deemed to be owned (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of Assured Guaranty’s income, or the income of any of its subsidiaries, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, consists of “personal holding company income.” We believe that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information

regarding our ultimate share ownership (i.e., as determined by the constructive ownership rules for PHCs), we cannot be certain that Assured Guaranty and/or any of its subsidiaries will not be considered a PHC.

U.S. Persons who acquire 10% or more of our common shares may be subject to taxation under the “controlled foreign corporation” (“CFC”) rules.

Each “10% U.S. Shareholder” of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the CFC’s taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if the subpart F income is not distributed. See “Tax Matters—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation.”

We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our Bye-Laws that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns our common shares directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder of us or of any of our foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of our “related person insurance income” (“RPII”).

If the gross RPII of AG Re was to equal or exceed 20% of AG Re’s gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to such insureds) own (or are treated as owning directly or indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or value of our common shares, then a U.S. Person who owns our common shares (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such person’s pro rata share of AG Re’s RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date, regardless of whether such income is distributed. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income. The amount of RPII earned by AG Re (generally, premium and related investment income from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of common shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the geographic distribution of AG Re’s business and the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by AG Re. We believe that the gross RPII of AG Re did not in prior years of operation and will not in the foreseeable future equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income, and we do not expect the direct or indirect insureds of AG Re (and related persons) to directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of our common shares. However, we cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our control.

U.S. Persons who dispose of our common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income tax rates in a portion of their gain, if any.

The RPII rules provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation’s gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the holder’s share of the corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares (whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because we will not ourselves be directly engaged in the

insurance business; however, the RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form, what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto, or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to Assured Guaranty and AG Re is uncertain.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are considered to be a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If Assured Guaranty is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person who owns any shares of Assured Guaranty will be subject to adverse tax consequences, including subjecting the investor to greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, which could materially adversely affect your investment. We believe that Assured Guaranty is not, and we currently do not expect Assured Guaranty to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, we cannot assure you that Assured Guaranty will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in our common shares.

U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States, is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the “subpart F income” of a CFC or RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There currently are no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

The impact of Bermuda’s letter of commitment to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development to eliminate harmful tax practices is uncertain and could adversely affect our tax status in Bermuda.

A number of multinational organizations, including the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, the European Union, the Financial Action Task Force and the Financial Stability Forum, have all recently identified some countries as not participating in adequate information exchange, engaging in harmful tax practices or not maintaining adequate controls to prevent corruption, such as money laundering activities. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is commonly referred to as the OECD, has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD’s report dated June 26, 2000, Bermuda was not listed, and continues not to be listed, as an “uncooperative tax haven”. However, it is possible that the OECD could change its view in the future and decide to list Bermuda as an uncooperative tax haven, or that one of the other multinational organizations could take a different view from the OECD and decide to recommend sanctions against Bermuda. We are

not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes which would reduce our net income.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We and our subsidiaries currently occupy approximately 58,500 square feet of leased office space in Bermuda, New York and London. Management believes that the office space is adequate for its current and anticipated needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management , based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

In April 2005, AGC received a Notice of Order to Preserve (“Order”) from the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance, State of Georgia (“Commissioner”). The Order was directed to “ACE Limited, and all affiliates” and requires the preservation of documents and other items related to “finite insurance” and a broad group of other insurance and reinsurance agreements. Also in April, AGC, and numerous other insurers, received a subpoena from the Commissioner related to the “initial phase” of the Commissioner’s investigation into “finite-risk” transactions. The subpoena requests information on AGC’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts in force during 2004. AGC is cooperating with the Commissioner.

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of our subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these proceedings are uncertain, although recoveries in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company’s results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

On April 28, 2004 the Company entered into a quota share retrocession agreement with ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (“AIOIC”), a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with an action filed by World Omni Financial Corp. (“World Omni”) against AG Intermediary Inc. and AGRO, subsidiaries of the Company, for a premium of $32.2 million, which was retained by the Company on a funds withheld basis. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005. Upon settlement, the Company paid to AIOIC $34.4 million in funds withheld. Also in connection with the settlement the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.

In 2005 Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s wholly owned subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., settled claims brought against three defendants In re: CFS-Related Securities Fraud Litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma. The proceeds of the settlements was $71.0 million. The settlements resolved claims relating to the issuance of asset-backed debt securities by entities sponsored by Commercial Financial Services, Inc. (“CFS”), a now defunct Tulsa, Oklahoma-based collector of defaulted credit card debt. Assured Guaranty brought the claims as part of a multi-plaintiff group pursuant to its rights as a reinsurer of financial guaranty insurance policies issued in 1997 and 1998.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under symbol “AGO.” The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales prices and amount of any cash dividends declared:

	2005							2004
	Sales Price				Cash			Sales Price				Cash
	High		Low		Dividends			High		Low		Dividends
First Quarter	$	19.92	$	17.51		$	0.03	N/A		N/A			N/A
Second Quarter*	23.48		17.31			0.03		$	18.40	$	18.40		$	—
Third Quarter	24.52		21.33			0.03		17.50		17.50			0.03
Fourth Quarter	27.42		21.45			0.03		19.80		19.80			0.03

* The Company started trading on NYSE on April 23, 2004.

On February 14, 2006, the closing price for our common stock on NYSE was $26.39, and the approximate number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 4,885.

The Company is a holding company whose principal source of income is investment income and dividends from its operating subsidiaries. The ability of the operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to us and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, are each subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the profits and financial requirements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and other factors, including legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information concerning our dividends, please refer to Item 7 under caption “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 13 “Insurance Regulations” to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

On November 4, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $25.0 million share stock repurchase program with no scheduled date to expire. In April 2005, the Company completed the share buyback program, repurchasing approximately 1.3 million shares of its common shares at an average price of $18.69.

The following table reflects the Company share repurchase activity during the three months ended December 31, 2005. All shares repurchased were for the payment of employee withholding taxes due in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards:

Period	(a) Total Number of Shares Purchased		(b) Average Price Paid Per Share			(c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program		(d) Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
October 1—October 31		614		$	23.16		—
November 1—November 30		133,985		$	21.89		—
December 1—December 31		198		$	26.38		—
Total		134,797		$	21.90		—		$	9

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read together with the other information contained in this Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003		2002			2001
	($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Statement of operations data: *
Gross written premiums	$	252.1		$	190.9		$	349.2	$	417.2		$	442.9
Net written premiums(1)	217.3			79.6			491.5		352.5			206.6
Net earned premiums	198.7			187.9			310.9		247.4			293.5
Net investment income	96.8			94.8			96.3		97.2			99.5
Net realized investment gains	2.2			12.0			5.5		7.9			13.1
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(3.5		)	52.5			98.4		(54.2		)	(16.3		)
Other income	0.2			0.8			1.2		3.6			2.9
Total revenues	294.5			347.9			512.3		302.0			392.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(69.6		)	(32.0		)	144.6		120.3			177.5
Profit commission expense	12.9			15.5			9.8		8.5			9.0
Acquisition costs	45.3			50.9			64.9		48.4			51.1
Operating expenses	59.0			67.8			41.0		31.0			29.8
Other expense(2)	3.7			1.6			—		—			3.8
Interest expense	13.5			10.7			5.7		10.6			11.5
Total expenses	64.9			114.6			266.1		218.8			282.8
Income before provision for income taxes	229.6			233.3			246.2		83.2			110.1
Provision for income taxes	41.2			50.5			31.7		10.6			22.2
Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard	188.4			182.8			214.5		72.6			87.9
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes	—			—			—		—			(24.1		)
Net income	$	188.4		$	182.8		$	214.5	$	72.6		$	63.8
Earnings per share:(3)
Basic	$	2.55		$	2.44		$	2.86	$	0.97		$	0.85
Diluted	2.53			2.44			2.86		0.97			0.85
Dividends per share	0.12			0.06			—		—			—

* Some amounts may not foot due to rounding.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003					2002					2001
	($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Balance sheet data (end of period):
Investments and cash	$		2,256.0		$		2,157.9		$			2,222.1		$			2,061.9		$			1,710.8
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	12.5				15.2				11.0					179.5					171.5
Total assets	2,676.5				2,694.0				2,857.9					2,719.9					2,322.1
Unearned premium reserves	537.1				521.3				625.4					613.3					500.3
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses	121.2				226.5				522.6					458.8					401.1
Long-term debt	197.3				197.4				75.0					75.0					150.0
Total liabilities	1,015.0				1,166.4				1,420.2					1,462.6					1,260.4
Accumulated other comprehensive income	45.8				79.0				81.2					89.0					43.3
Shareholders’ equity	1,661.5				1,527.6				1,437.6					1,257.2					1,061.6
Book value per share(3)	22.22				20.19				19.17					16.76					14.15
GAAP financial information:
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio(4)	(35.0			)%	(17.0			)%	46.5				%	48.6				%	60.5				%
Expense ratio(5)	58.9			%	65.4			%	37.2				%	35.5				%	30.6				%
Combined ratio	23.9			%	48.4			%	83.7				%	84.1				%	91.1				%
Combined statutory financial information:
Contingency reserve(6)	$		612.1		$		531.1		$		410.5			$		315.5			$		228.9
Policyholders’ surplus(7)	960.6				867.2				911.3					884.1					872.2
Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):
Net in-force business (principal and interest)	$	145,694			$	136,120			$	130,047				$	124,082				$	117,909
Net in-force business (principal only)	102,465				95,592				87,524					80,394					75,249

(1) Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(2) Amount for 2005 represents investment banking fees and put option premiums associated with Assured Guaranty Corp.’s $200.0 million committed capital securities. Amounts for 2001 and 2002 represent the amortization of goodwill, which arose from ACE’s acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999. Beginning January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” During 2004, a goodwill impairment of $1.6 million was recognized for the trade credit business which the Company exited as part of its IPO strategy. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2003 and 2002.

(3) Per share data for 2003, 2002 and 2001 are based on 75,000,000 shares outstanding prior to the IPO.

(4) The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5) The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6) Under U.S. statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(7) Combined policyholders’ surplus represents the addition of our combined U.S. based statutory surplus and our Bermuda based statutory surplus.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings “Investment Considerations” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Executive Summary

Assured Guaranty Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company which provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. The other segment consists of a number of businesses that we have exited including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, life, accident and health reinsurance (“LA&H”) and auto residual value reinsurance.

We derive our revenues principally from premiums from our insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative businesses, net investment income, net realized gains and losses from our investment portfolio and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. Our premiums are a function of the amount and type of contracts we write as well as prevailing market prices. We receive premiums on an upfront basis when the policy is issued or the contract is executed and/or on an installment basis over the life of the applicable transaction.

Investment income is a function of invested assets and the yield that we earn on those assets. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of our invested assets. In addition, we could realize capital losses on securities in our investment portfolio from other than temporary declines in market value as a result of changing market conditions, including changes in market interest rates, and changes in the credit quality of our invested assets.

Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of our credit derivative contracts. We expect these unrealized gains and losses to fluctuate primarily based on changes in credit spreads and the credit quality of the referenced entities. We generally hold these derivative contracts to maturity. Where we hold a derivative contract to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract.

Our expenses consist primarily of losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), profit commission expense, acquisition costs, operating expenses, interest expense and income taxes. Losses and LAE are a function of the amount and types of business we write. Losses and LAE are based upon estimates of the ultimate aggregate losses inherent in the portfolio. The risks we take have a low expected frequency of loss and are investment grade at the time we accept the risk. Prior to the IPO, the majority of the risks we underwrote were investment grade, however some risks accepted were below investment grade. Profit commission expense represents payments made to ceding companies generally based on the profitability of the business reinsured by us. Acquisition costs are related to the production of new business. Certain

acquisition costs that vary with and are directly attributable to the production of new business are deferred and recognized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and other employee-related costs, various outside service providers, rent and related costs and other expenses related to maintaining a holding company structure. These costs do not vary with the amount of premiums written. Interest expense is a function of outstanding debt and the contractual interest rate related to that debt. Income taxes are a function of our profitability and the applicable tax rate in the various jurisdictions in which we do business.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements include amounts that, either by their nature or due to requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) , are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in our consolidated financial statements. We believe the items requiring the most inherently subjective and complex estimates to be reserves for losses and LAE, valuation of derivative financial instruments, valuation of investments, other than temporary impairments of investments, premium revenue recognition, deferred acquisition costs and deferred income taxes. An understanding of our accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding our consolidated financial statements. The following discussion provides more information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See the “Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments” of the Critical Accounting Estimates section for more information on our derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio in all periods presented.

data and is based on the transaction’s credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of historical recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When we initially record a case reserve, we reclassify the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in our statement of operations. It would be a remote occurrence when the case reserve is not greater than the reclassified portfolio reserve. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or the initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in our statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

The chart below demonstrates the portfolio reserve’s sensitivity to frequency and severity assumptions. The change in these estimates represent management’s estimate of reasonably possible material changes and are based upon our analysis of historical experience. Portfolio reserves were recalculated with changes made to the default and severity assumptions. In all scenarios, the starting point used to test the portfolio reserve’s sensitivity to the changes in the frequency and severity assumptions was the weighted average frequency and severity by rating and asset class of our insured portfolio. Overall the weighted average default frequency was 0.78% and the weighted average severity was 20.0% at December 31, 2005. For example, in the first scenario where the frequency was increased by 5.0%, each transaction’s contribution to the portfolio reserve was recalculated by adding 0.04% (i.e. 5.0% multiplied by 0.78%) to the individual transaction’s default frequency.

	Portfolio Reserve		Reserve Increase			Percentage Change
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Portfolio reserve as of December 31, 2005	$	63,585		$	—		—
5% Frequency Increase	67,052			3,467			5.45	%
10% Frequency Increase	70,518			6,933			10.90	%
5% Severity Increase	66,544			2,959			4.65	%
10% Severity Increase	69,495			5,910			9.29	%
5% Frequency and Severity Increase	70,192			6,607			10.39	%

In addition to analyzing the sensitivity of our portfolio reserves to possible changes in frequency and severity, we have also performed a sensitivity analysis on our financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty case reserves. Case reserves may change from our original estimate due to changes in severity factors. An actuarial analysis of the historical development of our case reserves shows that it is reasonably possible that our case reserves could develop by as much as ten percent. This analysis was performed by separately evaluating the historical development by comparing the initial case reserve established to the subsequent development in that case reserve, excluding the effects of discounting, for each sector in which we currently have significant case reserves, and estimating the possible future development. Based on this analysis, it is reasonably possible that our current financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty case reserves of $38.6 million could reasonably increase by approximately $3.0 million to $4.0 million in the future. This would cause an increase in incurred losses on our statement of operations and comprehensive income.

A sensitivity analysis is not appropriate for our other segment reserves and our mortgage guaranty IBNR, since the amounts are fully reserved or reinsured.

We also record IBNR reserves for our mortgage guaranty and other segments. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for mortgage guaranty quota-share reinsurance contracts, all of which are in run-off, within our mortgage guaranty segment. We also record IBNR for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment. The other segment represents lines of business we have exited or sold prior to the IPO.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“ FAS”) No. 60, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises” (“FAS 60”) is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) could be different under the two methods.

We believe the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so we also apply the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 85-20, “Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan” (“EITF 85-20”), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“FAS 5”). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

The following tables summarize our reserves for losses and LAE by segment, by type of reserve and by segment and type of reserve as of the dates presented. For an explanation of changes in these reserves see “—Consolidated Results of Operations.”

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	($ in millions)
By segment:
Financial guaranty direct	$	13.1	$	19.9
Financial guaranty reinsurance	86.3		78.8
Mortgage guaranty	7.0		11.2
Other	14.8		116.6
Total	$	121.2	$	226.5

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	($ in millions)
By type of reserve:
Case	$	45.9	$	53.5
IBNR	11.6		105.8
Portfolio	63.7		67.2
Total	$	121.2	$	226.5

	As of December 31, 2005
	Financial Guaranty Direct			Financial Guaranty Reinsurance			Mortgage Guaranty			Other		Total
	($ in millions)
By segment and type of reserve:
Case		$	4.5		$	33.8		$	0.3	$	7.3	$	45.9
IBNR		—			—			4.1		7.5		11.6
Portfolio		8.6			52.5			2.6		—		63.7
Total		$	13.1		$	86.3		$	7.0	$	14.8	$	121.2

	As of December 31, 2004
	Financial Guaranty Direct			Financial Guaranty Reinsurance			Mortgage Guaranty			Other		Total
	($ in millions)
By segment and type of reserve:
Case		$	4.3		$	29.1		$	0.8	$	19.3	$	53.5
IBNR		—			—			8.5		97.3		105.8
Portfolio		15.6			49.7			1.9		—		67.2
Total		$	19.9		$	78.8		$	11.2	$	116.6	$	226.5

The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underlying rating:

	As of December 31, 2005						As of December 31, 2004
Ratings(1)	Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding			Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
AAA		$	34.5		33.7	%		$	29.7		31.1	%
AA		20.0			19.5	%		19.9			20.8	%
A		30.3			29.5	%		31.4			32.8	%
BBB		16.4			16.0	%		13.1			13.7	%
Below investment grade		1.3			1.3	%		1.5			1.6	%
Total exposures		$	102.5		100.0	%		$	95.6		100.0	%

(1) These ratings represent the Company’s internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations. Our scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies.

Our surveillance department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits. The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; claim/default probable, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid, case reserve established for future payments). The closely monitored credits include all below investment grade (“BIG”) exposures where there is a material amount of exposure (generally greater than $10.0 million) or a material risk of the Company incurring a loss greater than $0.5 million. The closely monitored credits also include investment grade (“IG”) risks where credit quality is deteriorating and where, in the view of the Company, there is significant potential that the risk quality will fall below investment grade. The closely monitored credits include approximately 96% of our BIG exposure, and the remaining BIG exposure of $55.2 million is distributed across 103 different credits. Other than those excluded BIG credits, credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound risks.

The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	As of December 31, 2005
Description:	Net Par Outstanding			% of Net Par Outstanding			# of Credits in Category		Case Reserves
		($ in millions)
Fundamentally sound risk(1)		$	100,963		98.6	%
Closely monitored:
Category 1		872			0.9	%		36		$	—
Category 2		433			0.4	%		22		—
Category 3		131			0.1	%		15		16
Category 4		11			—			11		15
Sub total		1,447			1.4	%		84		31
Other below investment grade risk		55			—			103		—
Total		$	102,465		100.0	%				$	31

(1) As of December 31, 2005, Category 1 contains 4 credits with net par outstanding of $44.8 million and Category 2 contains 7 credits with net par outstanding of $80.6 million related to Hurricane Katrina.

	As of December 31, 2004
Description:	Net Par Outstanding			% of Net Par Outstanding			# of Credits in Category		Case Reserves
	($ in millions)
Fundamentally sound risk		$	93,602		97.9	%
Closely monitored:
Category 1		1,490			1.6	%		35		$	—
Category 2		165			0.2	%		9		—
Category 3		70			—			16		21
Category 4		12			—			8		18
Sub total		1,737			1.8	%		68		39
Other below investment grade risk		253			0.3	%		144		—
Total		$	95,592		100.0	%				$	39

Industry Methodology

The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on those discussions, in June 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. When the FASB staff reaches a conclusion on this issue, which is expected during the first half of 2006, the Company and the rest of the financial guaranty industry may be required to change some aspects of their loss reserving policies, but the Company cannot currently assess how the FASB or SEC staffs’ ultimate resolution of this issue will impact our reserving policy or other balances, i.e., premiums and DAC. Until the issue is resolved, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company follows FAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”) and FAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 149”), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.

We issue credit derivative financial instruments, which prior to 2004 included a few index-based derivative financial instruments, that we view as an extension of our financial guaranty business but which do not qualify for the financial guaranty insurance scope exception under FAS 133 and FAS 149 and therefore are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in our earnings.

Since we view these derivative contracts as an extension of our financial guaranty business, we believe that the most meaningful presentation of these derivatives is to reflect revenue as earned premium, to record estimates of losses and LAE on specific credit events as incurred and to record changes in fair value as incurred. Reserves for losses and LAE are established on a similar basis as our insurance policies. Other changes in fair value are included in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. We generally hold derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, we may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. Where we hold a derivative to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract. However, in the event that we terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred.

The fair value of these instruments depends on a number of factors including credit spreads, changes in interest rates, recovery rates and the credit ratings of referenced entities. Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If the quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer CDOs and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agencies, or developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The majority of our single name credit derivatives were valued using third-party market quotes. These exposures were substantially liquidated in the first quarter of 2005 as we are no longer involved in the single name credit derivatives business. Our exposures to CDOs are typically valued using a combination of rating agency models and internally developed models.

Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments are affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, and our ability to obtain reinsurance for our insured obligations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

During the first quarter 2005 review of its valuation models, management identified a limitation in its valuation models highlighted by the current widening credit spread environment. Management adjusted its valuation models for this limitation in the first quarter 2005 resulting in an adjustment to unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments of $4.3 million, net of income taxes. Management will continue to perform additional analysis, as necessary, to address market anomalies and its effect on its valuation models.

The fair value adjustment recognized in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 was a $3.5 million loss compared with a $52.5 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2004 and a $98.4 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2003. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to run-off of deals and changes in credit spreads. For example, the 2005 loss of $3.5 million primarily relates to the run-off of deals and a slight widening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period, the 2004 gain of $52.5 million primarily relates to an approximate 15-20% tightening in credit spreads, and the 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily relates to an approximate 60-65% tightening in credit spreads.

Valuation of Investments

As of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we had total investments of $2.2 billion, $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively. The fair values of all of our investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

As of December 31, 2005, approximately 95% of our investments were long-term fixed maturity securities, and our portfolio had an average duration of 4.4 years, compared with 92% and 5.0 years as of December 31, 2004. Changes in interest rates affect the value of our fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair value net of related income taxes on our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005 based upon an assumed parallel shift in interest rates across the entire yield curve:

Change in Interest Rates	Estimated Increase (Decrease) in Fair Value
	($ in millions)
300 basis point rise		$	(278.2	)
200 basis point rise		(185.7		)
100 basis point rise		(92.3		)
100 basis point decline		88.7
200 basis point decline		172.9
300 basis point decline		258.4

Other than Temporary Impairments

We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

· a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

· a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

· recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

· the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

· whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

· whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss on our balance sheet in “accumulated other comprehensive income” in shareholders’ equity. If we believe the decline is “other than temporary,” we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management’s current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

The Company recorded $0.1 million of other than temporary declines in the fair value of fixed maturity securities for the year ended December 31, 2003. We did not record any realized losses due to other than temporary declines in 2005 and 2004.

The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and the length of time such securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

	As of December 31, 2005							As of December 31, 2004
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss	Estimated Fair Value			Gross Unrealized Losses				Estimated Fair Value			Gross Unrealized Losses
	($ in millions)
Municipal securities
0-6 months		$	103.2		$	(0.9	)		$	16.8		$	—
7-12 months		11.9			(0.3		)		35.6			(0.3		)
Greater than 12 months		13.1			(0.4		)		19.2			(0.4		)
		128.2			(1.6		)		71.6			(0.7		)
Corporate securities
0-6 months		21.4			(0.4		)		21.4			(0.2		)
7-12 months		13.4			(0.2		)		6.0			(0.1		)
Greater than 12 months		16.8			(0.7		)		8.3			(0.5		)
		51.6			(1.3		)		35.7			(0.8		)
U.S. Government obligations
0-6 months		160.5			(0.8		)		46.3			(0.2		)
7-12 months		8.7			(0.2		)		9.0			(0.1		)
Greater than 12 months		13.2			(0.4		)		—			—
		182.4			(1.4		)		55.3			(0.3		)
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
0-6 months		318.8			(4.7		)		133.8			(0.7		)
7-12 months		136.8			(2.6		)		57.4			(1.0		)
Greater than 12 months		89.7			(2.9		)		29.8			(0.6		)
		545.3			(10.2		)		221.0			(2.3		)
Total		$	907.5		$	(14.5	)		$	383.6		$	(4.1	)

The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and remaining time to maturity as of the dates indicated:

	As of December 31, 2005							As of December 31, 2004
Remaining Time to Maturity	Estimated Fair Value			Gross Unrealized Losses				Estimated Fair Value			Gross Unrealized Losses
	($ in millions)
Municipal securities
Due in one year or less		$	—		$	—			$	—		$	—
Due after one year through five years		0.3			—				8.2			—
Due after five years through ten years		60.1			(1.2		)		15.6			(0.3		)
Due after ten years		67.8			(0.4		)		47.8			(0.4		)
		128.2			(1.6		)		71.6			(0.7		)
Corporate securities
Due in one year or less		—			—				—			—
Due after one year through five years		44.3			(1.0		)		23.0			(0.3		)
Due after five years through ten years		4.2			—				8.3			(0.1		)
Due after ten years		3.1			(0.3		)		4.4			(0.4		)
		51.6			(1.3		)		35.7			(0.8		)
U.S. Government obligations
Due in one year or less		57.8			(0.2		)		9.0			—
Due after one year through five years		39.5			(0.3		)		8.5			(0.1		)
Due after five years through ten years		45.2			(0.6		)		16.5			(0.1		)
Due after ten years		39.9			(0.3		)		21.3			(0.1		)
		182.4			(1.4		)		55.3			(0.3		)
Mortgage and asset-backed securities		545.3			(10.2		)		221.0			(2.3		)
Total		$	907.5		$	(14.5	)		$	383.6		$	(4.1	)

The following table summarizes, for all securities sold at a loss through December 31, 2005 and 2004, the fair value and realized loss by length of time such securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position prior to the date of sale:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005							2004
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss Prior to Sale	Estimated Fair Value			Gross Realized Losses				Estimated Fair Value			Gross Realized Losses
	($ in millions)
Municipal securities
0-6 months		$	20.8		$	—			$	7.2		$	(0.1	)
7-12 months		5.5			(0.1		)		7.6			(0.1		)
Greater than 12 months		13.8			(0.4		)		—			—
		40.1			(0.5		)		14.8			(0.2		)
Corporate securities
0-6 months		5.3			—				25.4			(0.2		)
7-12 months		9.4			(0.2		)		1.6			(0.1		)
Greater than 12 months		14.1			(0.5		)		4.3			(0.1		)
		28.8			(0.7		)		31.3			(0.4		)
U.S. Government securities
0-6 months		149.1			(1.0		)		11.1			(0.1		)
7-12 months		21.3			(0.2		)		—			—
Greater than 12 months		0.1			—				3.3			(0.1		)
		170.5			(1.2		)		14.4			(0.2		)
Other invested securities(1)
0-6 months		—			—				—			—
7-12 months		—			—				—			(1.3		)
Greater than 12 months		—			—				—			—
		—			—				—			(1.3		)
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
0-6 months		31.0			(0.3		)		10.6			(0.1		)
7-12 months		6.7			(0.1		)		1.3			(0.1		)
Greater than 12 months		10.0			(0.4		)		—			—
		47.7			(0.8		)		11.9			(0.2		)
Total		$	287.1		$	(3.2	)		$	72.5		$	(2.3	)

(1) Related to the Company’s exited title reinsurance business.

Premium Revenue Recognition

Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the related risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, approximately 49%, 66% and 34%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were received upfront, and 51%, 34% and 66%, respectively, were received in installments. For the financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, earned premiums related to upfront premiums are greater in the earlier periods of an upfront transaction when there is a higher amount of risk outstanding. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the

remaining unearned premium reserve is earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that are applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

In our reinsurance businesses, we estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of our ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in our statement of operations are based upon reports received from ceding companies supplemented by our own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. As of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 the assumed premium estimate and related ceding commissions included in our consolidated financial statements are $14.3 million and $4.5 million, $30.4 million and $9.7 million and $31.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively. Key assumptions used to arrive at management’s best estimate of assumed premiums are premium amounts reported historically and informal communications with ceding companies. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. Historically, the differences have not been material. We do not record a provision for doubtful accounts related to our assumed premium estimate. Historically there have not been any material issues related to the collectibility of assumed premium. No provision for doubtful accounts related to our premium receivable was recorded for 2005, 2004 or 2003.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as ceding commissions, brokerage expenses and the cost of underwriting and marketing personnel. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had deferred acquisition costs of $193.4 million and $186.4 million, respectively. Ceding commissions paid to primary insurers are the largest component of deferred acquisition costs, constituting 72.6% and 79.2% of total deferred acquisition costs as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Management uses its judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. We annually conduct a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums we cede to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, LAE and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, as discussed in the Premium Revenue Recognition section of these Critical Accounting Estimates, the remaining related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

Deferred Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had a net deferred income tax liability of $26.6 million and $40.1 million, respectively. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), unrealized gains and losses on investments and derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that in management’s opinion is more likely than not to be realized.

As of December 31, 2005, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO”) had a stand-alone NOL of $59.2 million, which is available to offset its future U.S. taxable income. The Company has $38.5 million of

this NOL available through 2017; $20.7 million available through 2023. AGRO’s stand-alone NOL is not permitted to offset income of any other members of AGRO’s consolidated group due to certain tax regulations. Under applicable accounting rules, we are required to establish a valuation allowance for NOLs that we believe are more likely than not to expire before utilized. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO’s $59.2 million NOL will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the NOL deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment, is reviewed quarterly and will be adjusted to the extent actual taxable income differs from estimates of future taxable income that may be used to realize NOLs.

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table presents summary consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

	Year Ended December 31, (1)
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Revenues:
Gross written premiums	$	252.1		$	190.9		$	349.2
Net written premiums	217.3			79.6			491.5
Net earned premiums	198.7			187.9			310.9
Net investment income	96.8			94.8			96.3
Net realized investment gains	2.2			12.0			5.5
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(3.5		)	52.5			98.4
Other income	0.2			0.8			1.2
Total revenues	294.5			347.9			512.3
Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(69.6		)	(32.0		)	144.6
Profit commission expense	12.9			15.5			9.8
Acquisition costs	45.3			50.9			64.9
Operating expenses	59.0			67.8			41.0
Other expenses	17.3			12.3			5.7
Total expenses	64.9			114.6			266.1
Income before provision for income taxes	229.6			233.3			246.2
Provision for income taxes	41.2			50.5			31.7
Net income	$	188.4		$	182.8		$	214.5
Underwriting gain (loss) by segment (2):
Financial guaranty direct	$	33.5		$	37.7		$	42.8
Financial guaranty reinsurance	105.7			41.7			20.1
Mortgage guaranty	9.6			24.0			12.7
Other	2.4			(6.7		)	(25.0		)
Total	$	151.1		$	97.0		$	50.6

(1) Some amounts may not foot due to rounding.

(2) Prior year segment amounts have been adjusted to reflect current year operating expense allocations for comparability purposes.

We organize our business around four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. There are a number of lines of business that we have exited as part of our IPO in April 2004, which are included in the other segment. However, the results of

these businesses are reflected in the above numbers. These businesses include equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H and auto residual value reinsurance.

Net Income

Net income was $188.4 million, $182.8 million and $214.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase of $5.6 million in 2005 compared with 2004 is primarily due to an underwriting gain of $151.1 million in 2005, representing a $54.1 million increase compared with the $97.0 million underwriting gain in 2004. This underwriting gain was offset by a $56.0 million decline in unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments which were $(3.5) million in 2005, compared with $52.5 million in 2004. Also contributing to the increase was a $9.3 million reduction in our income tax provision which was $41.2 million in 2005, compared with $50.5 million in 2004, primarily attributable to the relative distribution of taxable income across our taxable and non-taxable jurisdictions. The decrease in net income of $31.7 million in 2004 compared with 2003 is primarily due to a $45.9 million decrease in unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments coupled with the accelerated vesting of stock awards at the IPO date of $11.3 million. This was partially offset by an increase of $46.4 million in our underwriting gain in 2004, compared with 2003.

Gross Written Premiums

	Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums	2005		2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Financial guaranty direct	$	96.2	$	80.8		$	71.1
Financial guaranty reinsurance	98.0		160.3			163.1
Mortgage guaranty	25.7		24.4			24.4
Total financial guaranty gross written premiums	219.9		265.5			258.6
Other	32.2		(74.6		)	90.6
Total gross written premiums	$	252.1	$	190.9		$	349.2

Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2005 were $252.1 million compared with $190.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $61.2 million, or 32%. Gross written premiums from our financial guaranty operations decreased $45.6 million in 2005 compared with 2004. The financial guaranty direct segment increased $15.4 million in 2005 compared with 2004 primarily due to a $16.1 million increase in public finance transactions. This increase was offset by decreased business in our financial guaranty reinsurance segment attributable to one cedant relationship that was terminated and business from a second cedant that was decreased, effective July 1, 2004 and to Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA”) reassuming from Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”) $18.4 million of healthcare related business (“FSA transaction”) during 2005. Offsetting the decreased gross written premium from our financial guaranty operations was an increase of $106.8 million in 2005 compared with 2004 in our other segment. The increase was due to $25.8 million in gross written premium in 2005, which was immediately retroceded to an ACE subsidiary, as part of a pre-IPO reinsurance agreement under which we provided reinsurance to CGA Group Ltd. (“CGA”) and retroceded 100% of this exposure to that ACE subsidiary. In addition, 2004 gross premiums written were reduced $97.8 million, as part of the IPO due to the unwinding of equity layer credit protection products.

Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $190.9 million compared with $349.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, a decrease of $158.3 million, or 45%. Gross written premiums from our financial guaranty operations increased $6.9 million in 2004 compared with 2003 due to the recognition of $10.4 million of gross premiums written in the financial guaranty direct segment from the closing out of transaction types in which we no longer participate. Offsetting the increased financial

guaranty operations gross premiums written was a decrease of $165.2 million in 2004 compared with 2003 in our other segment. This decrease was due to the unwinding of equity layer credit protection products which reduced gross written premiums by $97.8 million in 2004. Also contributing to the decrease in the other segment is that we exited certain lines of business during 2004, that we wrote business in for the entire year in 2003.

Net Earned Premiums

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums	2005		2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Financial guaranty direct	$	74.5	$	88.8		$	70.2
Financial guaranty reinsurance	105.6		114.4			92.9
Mortgage guaranty	18.6		33.7			27.6
Total financial guaranty net earned premiums	198.7		236.8			190.7
Other	—		(48.9		)	120.2
Total net earned premiums	$	198.7	$	187.9		$	310.9

Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by $10.8 million, or 6%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. Financial guaranty net earned premiums decreased $38.1 million in 2005 compared with 2004, due to a $14.3 million decline in the financial guaranty direct segment, which included $24.2 million of net earned premium related to the unwinding of a transaction in 2004 and a $15.1 million decrease in our mortgage guaranty segment, reflecting the run-off of our quota share treaty business. This decrease was offset by an increase of $48.9 million in our other segment, in 2004 attributable to the retrocession in 2004 of lines of business that we no longer underwrite.

Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2004 decreased by $123.0 million, or 40%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2003. Financial guaranty net earned premiums increased $46.1 million in 2004 compared with 2003, due to the recognition of $24.2 million of net earned premiums in the financial guaranty direct segment in 2004 related to the close out of transaction types in which we no longer participate and an increase of $21.5 million in our financial guaranty reinsurance segment primarily attributable to our structured finance business which increased $16.7 million, compared with 2003, due to timing on installment earnings reported by our ceding companies. These increases were offset by our other segment which declined $169.1 million in 2004 compared with 2003 as a result of exiting certain lines of business in connection with the IPO.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income was $96.8 million, $94.8 million and $96.3 million and had pre-tax yields to maturity of 4.9%, 4.8% and 4.9% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in investment income in 2005 compared with 2004 was due to the increase in investment yields as well as an increase in our invested assets during the year. Net investment income decreased in 2004 compared with 2003 due to declining investment yields and a decrease in our invested assets.

Net Realized Investment Gains

Net realized investment gains, principally from the sale of fixed maturity securities, were $2.2 million, $12.0 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 2004 included realized gains of $6.0 million as a result of investments sold in connection with a commutation settlement of a residual value transaction. This transaction was the primary cause of the fluctuations with 2005 and 2003 when compared to 2004. Also included in net realized gains for 2004 was a write down of $1.3 million related to the Company’s exited title reinsurance business. The investment related to this write

down is included in other assets on our balance sheet. The Company had no write downs of investments for other than temporary impairment losses in 2005 or 2004 compared with $0.1 million of other than temporary impairment losses for the year ended December 31, 2003. Net realized investment gains, net of related income taxes, were $1.8 million, $7.7 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value as required by FAS 133 and FAS 149. However, as explained under “—Critical Accounting Estimates,” we record part of the change in fair value in the loss and LAE reserves as well as in unearned premium reserves. The fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2005 was a $3.5 million loss compared with a $52.5 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2004 and a $98.4 million gain for the same period in 2003. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to run-off of deals and changes in credit spreads. For example, the 2005 loss of $3.5 million primarily relates to the run-off of deals and a slight widening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period. The 2004 gain of $52.5 million primarily relates to an approximate 15-20% tightening in credit spreads. The 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily relates to an approximate 60-65% tightening in credit spreads.

The gain or loss created by the estimated fair value adjustment will rise or fall based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. We generally plan to hold derivative financial instruments to maturity. Where we hold derivative financial instruments to maturity, these fair value adjustments would generally be expected to reverse resulting in no gain or loss over the entire term of the contract.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

	Year Ended December 31,
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses	2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Financial guaranty direct	$	(2.2	)	$	14.8		$	16.3
Financial guaranty reinsurance	(61.3		)	15.4			25.7
Mortgage guaranty	(3.7		)	(11.9		)	(0.7		)
Total financial guaranty loss and loss adjustment expenses	(67.2		)	18.3			41.3
Other	(2.4		)	(50.3		)	103.3
Total loss and loss adjustment expenses	$	(69.6	)	$	(32.0	)	$	144.6

Loss and LAE for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $(69.6) million, $(32.0) million and $144.6 million. Included in 2005 financial guaranty direct results, is a reduction of $7.0 million in portfolio reserves attributable to changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of our normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies, offset by $4.6 million of incurred case reserve activity. Our 2004 results included $12.3 million related to the closing out of transaction types that we no longer underwrite. The financial guaranty reinsurance segment decreased in 2005 compared with 2004 primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was offset by an addition to loss reserves of $6.0 million, consisting of a $10.4 million addition to case reserves and a reduction of $4.4 million to portfolio reserves due to a reinsurance client ceding losses on two Northwest Airlines Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate (EETC) credits with net par outstanding of $66.1 million. Our other segment was impacted by the commutation and retrocession of certain lines of business that we no longer underwrite as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business in 2005.

Loss and LAE for the year ended December 31, 2004 decreased $176.6 million, or 122%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2003. Our financial guaranty direct results include $12.3 million related to the closing out of transaction types that we no longer underwrite. The financial guaranty reinsurance segment decreased in 2004 compared with 2003 as 2003 included $20.4 million in case reserve activity associated with CDOs assumed through treaties. This was partially offset by a $3.7 million addition in portfolio reserves in 2004 as a result of credit downgrades. In addition, during 2004 management updated its loss estimates for the mortgage guaranty segment resulting in a release of reserves, as a result of changes in our statistical assumptions driven by the completion of a rating agency review of our book of business during the year coupled with favorable loss development related to older experience rated quota share contracts, which are running off. See “—Segment Results of Operations” for further explanations of these changes. Our other segment declined $153.6 million in 2004, compared with 2003 as a result of exiting those lines of business mentioned previously.

Profit Commission Expense

Profit commissions, which are primarily related to our mortgage guaranty segment, allow the ceding company to share favorable experience on a reinsurance contract due to lower than expected losses. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 profit commissions were $12.9 million, $15.5 million and $9.8 million, respectively. Favorable loss development generates increased profit commission expense, while the inverse occurs on unfavorable loss development. The decrease in profit commission expense for 2005 compared with 2004 is primarily due to the run-off of mortgage guaranty experience rated quota share treaties, which have a large profit commission component. The increase in profit commission expense for 2004 is due to favorable loss development on experience rated quota share treaties. Portfolio reserves are not a component of these profit commission calculations. This balance is expected to increase in future years due to the profit commission component on the FSA transaction.

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs primarily consist of ceding commissions, brokerage fees and operating expenses that are related to the acquisition of new business. Acquisition costs that vary with and are directly related to the acquisition of new business are deferred and are amortized in relation to earned premium. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, acquisition costs were $45.3 million, $50.9 million and $64.9 million, respectively. The decrease of $5.6 million in 2005 compared with 2004 is primarily related to $3.9 million of acquisition costs recorded in our other segment in 2004. There were no acquisition costs in our other segment during 2005. The decrease of $14.0 million in 2004 is partially related to the financial guaranty reinsurance segment, as we have negotiated lower ceding commission rates across our entire book of business in 2004 compared with prior year. Additionally, acquisition costs in our other segment have decreased due to exiting certain lines of business, particularly the trade credit business which historically incurred an acquisition ratio of 30-35%.

Operating Expenses

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, operating expenses were $59.0 million, $67.8 million and $41.0 million, respectively. The decrease for 2005 compared with 2004 was primarily due to the accelerated vesting of $11.3 million of employee stock awards which occurred as part of the IPO, offset by expenses associated with maintaining a holding company platform during all of 2005. The holding company was not activated until April 28, 2004, the date of the IPO. The increase for 2004 was primarily due to $11.3 million of accelerated employee stock awards vesting, which occurred as part of the IPO, in addition to various expenses incurred as a result of the establishment of a holding company.

Other Expenses

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, other expenses were $17.3 million, $12.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. The increase in 2005 includes $3.7 million of investment banking fees and put option premiums associated with Assured Guaranty Corp.’s (“AGC”) $200.0 million committed capital securities and increased interest expense related to the issuance of our 7% Senior Notes in May 2004 as they have been outstanding for the entire year. The coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, however, the effective rate will be approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The increase in 2004 is due to interest expense of $8.2 million related to the issuance of our 7% Senior Notes in May 2004 and the $1.6 million write off of goodwill in our other segment. This amount is related to the trade credit business which we exited as part of the IPO.

Income Tax

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, income tax expense was $41.2 million, $50.5 million and $31.7 million and our effective tax rate was 17.9%, 21.7% and 12.9% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of our operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, UK subsidiaries taxed at the UK marginal corporate tax rate of 30%, and no taxes for our Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries. Accordingly, our overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions.

Segment Results of Operations

Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment’s financial performance. Underwriting gain (loss) includes net premiums earned, loss and loss adjustment expenses, profit commission expense, acquisition costs and other operating expenses that are directly related to the operations of our insurance businesses. This measure excludes certain revenue and expense items, such as investment income, realized investment gains and losses, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, and interest expense, that are not directly related to the underwriting performance of our insurance operations, but are included in net income. For the year ended December 31, 2004 our segment results exclude $11.3 million of operating expenses related to the accelerated vesting of stock awards at the IPO date.

Financial Guaranty Direct Segment

The financial guaranty direct segment consists of our primary financial guaranty insurance business and our credit derivative business. Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection on a particular security or issuer can also be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under a credit default swap, the seller of protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or a particular reference entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance.

The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty direct segment for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Gross written premiums	$	96.2		$	80.8		$	71.1
Net written premiums	93.9			77.7			70.0
Net earned premiums	74.5			88.8			70.2
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(2.2		)	14.8			16.3
Profit commission expense	—			—			—
Acquisition costs	6.3			4.5			2.2
Operating expenses	36.9			31.7			8.9
Underwriting gain	$	33.5		$	37.7		$	42.8
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio	(2.9		)%	16.7		%	23.2		%
Expense ratio	57.9		%	40.8		%	15.8		%
Combined ratio	55.0		%	57.5		%	39.0		%

	Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums	2005		2004		2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$	21.8	$	5.7	$	3.4
Structured finance	74.4		75.1		67.7
Total	$	96.2	$	80.8	$	71.1

The financial guaranty direct segment contributed $96.2 million, $80.8 million and $71.1 million to overall gross written premiums, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The $15.4 million increase in 2005 compared with 2004 is primarily due to a $16.1 million increase in public finance transactions, reflecting the execution of our direct business plan. The $9.7 million increase in 2004 compared with 2003, was attributable to $17.8 million written as financial guaranty insurance, offset by a $8.1 million decrease in premiums written as credit derivatives.

Gross and net written premiums in this segment generally have been received on an installment basis, reflecting our focus on the structured finance and credit derivatives markets. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, installment premiums represented 79%, 93% and 98% of gross written premiums in this segment, or $75.9 million, $75.1 million and $69.6 million, respectively. However, as we continue to execute in the public finance market this percentage should decrease as premium is generally received upfront. The contribution of upfront premiums to gross written premiums were $20.3 million, $5.7 million and $1.5 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums	2005		2004		2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$	21.8	$	5.7	$	1.5
Structured finance	72.1		72.0		68.5
Total	$	93.9	$	77.7	$	70.0

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, net written premiums were $93.9 million, $77.7 million and $70.0 million, respectively. The growth in net written premiums is primarily due to growth in gross written premiums as we typically retain a substantial portion of this business.

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums	2005		2004		2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$	2.7	$	0.1	$	—
Structured finance	71.8		88.7		70.2
Total	$	74.5	$	88.8	$	70.2

Net earned premiums for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, were $74.5 million, $88.8 million and $70.2 million, respectively. The decrease of $14.3 million in net earned premiums in 2005 compared with 2004 is due to $24.2 million of net earned premiums in first quarter 2004 related to the close out of a transaction in which we no longer participate, offset by new business. The increase of $18.6 million in 2004 compared with 2003 is attributable to the recognition of $24.2 million of net earned premiums mentioned above, offset by the runoff of our single name swap book of business.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $(2.2) million, $14.8 million and $16.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. Our loss and loss adjustment expenses are affected by changes in the mix, size and credit trends in our book of business, and by changes in our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses for prior periods. The loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were (2.9)%, 16.7% and 23.2%, respectively. 2005 portfolio reserves were reduced $7.0 million, attributable to changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of our normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies. Primarily offsetting this portfolio reserve decrease was an addition of $4.5 million in case reserves for a specific mortgage transaction executed in 2002, consisting of sub-prime mortgages originated in 2000.

The decline of $1.5 million in the loss and loss adjustment expenses in 2004 as compared with 2003 reflects the release of portfolio reserves due to the maturing of CDO exposures and the continued runoff of our single name CDS business. Offsetting these releases were increased portfolio reserves for our other business in this segment as management further refined its loss reserving methodology. This reflected our normal ongoing portfolio review process and additional stress factors considered for our closely monitored credit list.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, acquisition costs were $6.3 million, $4.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively. 2005 acquisition costs increased $1.8 million compared with 2004, while 2004 increased $2.3 million compared with 2003, as the Company has been successfully executing its direct business plan, as demonstrated by our gross written premium growth across both periods, noted above. Increases in acquisition costs are primarily due to the proportion of such premiums subject to premium taxes.

Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $36.9 million, $31.7 million and $8.9 million, respectively. During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive cost study. The prior allocation was based on segment net earned premium. Basing the allocation on earned premium for 2005 and 2004 would have caused the financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty segments to receive a disproportionate amount of the expenses. 2004 amounts have been adjusted to reflect this new allocation. The earned premium allocation methodology was kept for 2003, as the current business strategy of focusing on direct business was not in place in 2003 and thus the net earned premium allocation methodology allocated an appropriate amount of operating expense to the segments. The increase during 2005 compared with 2004 was primarily due to salary and related expenses as the Company has increased staffing levels to meet its business needs. The increase during 2004 compared with 2003 is due to the direct segment receiving an increased share of operating expenses attributable to the updated operating expense

methodology discussed above and additional holding company expenses associated with the Company’s IPO in April 2004.

Financial Guaranty Reinsurance Segment

In our financial guaranty reinsurance business, we assume all or a portion of risk undertaken by other insurance companies that provide financial guaranty protection. The financial guaranty reinsurance business consists of public finance and structured finance reinsurance lines. Premiums on public finance are typically written upfront and earned over the life of the policy, and premiums on structured finance are typically written on an installment basis and earned ratably over the installment period.

The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty reinsurance segment for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Gross written premiums	$	98.0		$	160.3		$	163.1
Net written premiums	97.8			160.1			162.1
Net earned premiums	105.6			114.4			92.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(61.3		)	15.4			25.7
Profit commission expense	4.8			1.1			1.5
Acquisition costs	36.9			38.8			33.6
Operating expenses	19.5			17.4			12.0
Underwriting gain	$	105.7		$	41.7		$	20.1
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio	(58.1		)%	13.5		%	27.7		%
Expense ratio	58.0		%	50.1		%	50.7		%
Combined ratio	(0.1		)%	63.6		%	78.4		%

	Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums	2005		2004		2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$	62.9	$	118.9	$	117.1
Structured finance	35.1		41.4		46.0
Total	$	98.0	$	160.3	$	163.1

Gross written premiums for our financial guaranty reinsurance segment include upfront premiums on transactions underwritten during the period, plus installment premiums on business primarily underwritten in prior periods. Consequently, this amount is affected by changes in the business mix between public finance, which tends to be upfront premium, and structured finance, which tends to be installment premium. For the year ended December 31, 2005, 52% of gross written premiums in this segment were upfront premiums and 48% were installment premiums. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, 68% of gross written premiums in this segment were upfront premiums and 32% were installment premiums.

Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $98.0 million, $160.3 million and $163.1 million, respectively. 2005 decreased $62.3 million, or 39%, compared with 2004, while 2004 decreased $2.8 million, or 2%, compared with 2003. These decreases are primarily due to one cedant relationship that was terminated and business from a second cedant that was decreased, effective July 1, 2004. Further reducing 2005 gross written premium is the FSA transaction of $18.4 million discussed earlier.

As of April 1, 2005 our quota share reinsurance treaty with Ambac Assurance Corporation (“Ambac”) was renewed. In addition, AG Re entered into a master facultative agreement with Ambac on March 31, 2005. On April 20, 2005, Ambac provided notice of a non-renewal of the quota share treaty on a run-off basis, effective July 1, 2006. This non-renewal will not affect business ceded from Ambac in any prior year, or business ceded under the current quota share treaty through June 30, 2006.

For 2005, $45.3 million, excluding the aforementioned $18.4 million of reassumption premiums related to our healthcare business, $32.8 million and $15.5 million of our gross written premiums was ceded by FSA, Ambac and MBIA Insurance Corporation (“MBIA”), respectively, compared with $79.8 million, $37.4 million and $28.3 million, respectively in 2004 and $88.4 million, $24.8 million and $37.7 million, respectively in 2003.

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums	2005		2004		2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$	62.7	$	118.7	$	116.5
Structured finance	35.1		41.4		45.6
Total	$	97.8	$	160.1	$	162.1

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, net written premiums were $97.8 million, $160.1 million and $162.1 million, respectively. These differences are consistent with the changes in gross written premium described above.

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums		2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Public finance	$		57.0	$		57.7	$		52.9
Structured finance	48.6			56.7			40.0
Total	$		105.6	$		114.4	$		92.9
Included in public finance net earned premiums are refundings of:	$		12.1	$		17.4	$		19.2

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, net earned premiums were $105.6 million, $114.4 million and $92.9 million, respectively, a decrease of $8.8 million, or 8%, in 2005 compared with 2004, and an increase of $21.5 million, or 23%, in 2004 compared with 2003. The $8.8 million decrease in 2005 net earned premiums compared with 2004 was primarily caused by $5.3 million of reduced refundings in our public finance business which reflects the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying public bonds due to lower interest rates. These unscheduled refunding premiums are sensitive to market interest rates and we evaluate our net earned premiums both including and excluding these premiums. In addition, the FSA transaction reduced net earned premiums by $3.0 million, while the termination of one cedant relationship and decreased business from a second cedant, effective July 1, 2004, also contributed to the decline. The $21.5 million increase in 2004 compared with 2003 was primarily attributable to our structured finance business which increased $16.7 million, compared with 2003, due to timing on installment earnings reported by our ceding companies.

Loss and LAE were $(61.3) million, $15.4 million and $25.7 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. Our loss and LAE ratios for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were (58.1)%, 13.5% and 27.7%, respectively. 2005 includes $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was offset by an addition to loss reserves of $6.0 million, consisting of a $10.4 million addition to case reserves and a reduction of $4.4 million to portfolio reserves due to a reinsurance client ceding losses on two Northwest Airlines Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate (EETC) credits with net par outstanding of $66.1 million. In addition, portfolio reserves were increased $2.8 million , due to credit downgrades causing movements in our closely monitored credit list and increased exposure to Hurricane Katrina. While loss and LAE decreased in 2004 compared with 2003, in 2004 we actually increased portfolio reserves, which are established based on statistical estimates. Credit downgrades and a

refined loss reserving methodology resulted in the increase to portfolio reserves. These amounts reflect our normal ongoing portfolio review process and additional stress factors considered for our closely monitored credit list. However, 2003 included an increase in losses and LAE incurred in the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. Case reserves related to these collateralized debt obligations were increased after completion of risk management’s credit analysis, which included discussions with ceding companies.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, acquisition costs were $36.9 million, $38.8 million and $33.6 million, respectively. The changes in acquisition costs over the periods are directly related to the changes in net earned premium.

Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, were $19.5 million, $17.4 million and $12.0 million, respectively. During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive cost study. The prior allocation was based on segment net earned premium. Basing the allocation on earned premium for 2005 and 2004 would have caused the financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty segments to receive a disproportionate amount of the expenses. 2004 amounts have been adjusted to reflect this new allocation. The earned premium allocation methodology was kept for 2003, as the current business strategy of focusing on direct business was not in place in 2003 and thus the net earned premium allocation methodology allocated an appropriate amount of operating expense to the segments. The increase during 2005 compared with 2004 was primarily due salary and related expenses as the Company has increased staffing levels to meet its business needs. The increase during 2004 compared with 2003 is due to the increase in holding company expenses associated with the Company’s IPO in April 2004.

Mortgage Guaranty Segment

Mortgage guaranty insurance provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio in excess of a specified ratio. We primarily function as a reinsurer in this industry and assume all or a portion of the risks undertaken by primary mortgage insurers.

The table below summarized the financial results of our mortgage guaranty segment for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Gross written premiums	$	25.7		$	24.4		$	24.4
Net written premiums	25.7			24.4			24.4
Net earned premiums	18.6			33.7			27.6
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(3.7		)	(11.9		)	(0.7		)
Profit commission expense	8.0			14.1			7.3
Acquisition costs	2.0			3.7			4.1
Operating expenses	2.7			3.8			4.2
Underwriting gain	$	9.6		$	24.0		$	12.7
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio	(19.9		)%	(35.2		)%	(2.5		)%
Expense ratio	68.1		%	64.1		%	56.5		%
Combined ratio	48.2		%	28.9		%	54.0		%

Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2005 were $25.7 million, while 2004 and 2003 gross written premiums were both $24.4 million. The increase of $1.3 million in 2005 from 2004 is primarily related to a single transaction executed during 2005 which contributed $16.3 million to gross written premiums. Likewise, the year 2004 included a single transaction which contributed $9.5 million to gross written premiums. Excluding these items, gross written premiums decreased $5.5 million due to the run-off of our quota share treaty business.

Net written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $25.7 million, $24.4 million and $24.4 million, respectively. This is consistent with the trend in gross written premiums, as we do not cede a significant amount of our mortgage guaranty business.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, net earned premiums were $18.6 million, $33.7 million and $27.6 million, respectively. The decrease in net earned premiums in 2005 compared with 2004 reflects an $8.8 million release of unearned premium reserves related to the commutation of an excess of loss reinsurance contract in 2004, coupled with the run-off of our quota share treaty business. The increase in net earned premiums for 2004 compared with 2003 is due to the $8.8 million release of unearned premium reserves related to the commutation of an excess of loss reinsurance contract offset by a decline in our quota share treaty business.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $(3.7) million, $(11.9) million and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratios for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were (19.9)%, (35.2)% and (2.5)%, respectively. The 2005 amount is due to an IBNR release of $4.4 million, offset by an increase in portfolio reserves of $0.7 million. The IBNR reduction is offset by increased profit commission expense discussed below. In 2004, the decrease in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was primarily due to a decrease of $5.5 million of portfolio reserves, as a result of changes in our statistical assumptions driven by the completion of a rating agency review of our book of business during the year coupled with favorable loss development related to older experience rated quota share contracts, which are running off. This reduction in loss and loss adjustment expense was partially offset by increased profit commission expense discussed below. The negative loss ratio for 2003 is primarily a result of favorable loss experience related to older contracts, which are running off, mentioned above.

Profit commission expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $8.0 million, $14.1 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The decrease in profit commission expense in 2005 compared with 2004 is due to the run-off of mortgage guaranty quota share treaties, which have a large profit commission component. The increase in profit commission expense in 2004 compared with 2003 was due to more favorable loss development on experience rated quota share treaties. Loss development can fluctuate from period to period. Portfolio reserves are not a component of these profit commission calculations.

Acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $2.0 million, $3.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The decrease in acquisition costs in 2005 compared with 2004 is directly related to the decline in net earned premiums. The decrease in acquisition costs, for 2004 compared with 2003 is related to the accelerated amortization of deferred acquisition costs due to the commutation of an excess of loss reinsurance contract discussed above.

Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $2.7 million, $3.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively. During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive cost study. The prior allocation was based on segment net earned premium. Basing the allocation on earned premium for 2005 and 2004 would have caused the financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty segments to receive a disproportionate amount of the expenses. 2004 amounts have been adjusted to reflect this new allocation. The earned premium allocation methodology was kept for 2003, as the current business strategy of focusing on direct business was not in place in 2003 and thus the net earned premium allocation methodology allocated an appropriate amount of operating expense to the segments. The decrease during 2005 compared with 2004 was due to the mortgage guaranty segment receiving a declining allocation of operating expenses as fewer resources are focused on this segment compared to prior year. The decrease during 2004 compared with 2003 is due to the mortgage segment receiving a decreased share of operating expenses attributable to the updated operating expense methodology discussed above.

Other Segment

Our other segment consists of certain non-core businesses that we have exited in connection with the IPO, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in the 2003 other segment results are the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described below. These reinsurance contracts were purchased for the benefit of all of our operating segments. We did not allocate the costs or the related benefits of these transactions to each of the segments but rather recorded the impact of these transactions in the other segment.

The following table provides details of net earned premiums and underwriting results by line of business:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
	($ in millions)
Net earned premiums:(1)
Equity layer credit protection	$	—	$	5.4		$	61.8
Trade credit reinsurance	—		(25.3		)	51.2
Title reinsurance	—		3.2			10.7
Auto residual value reinsurance	—		(32.2		)	4.2
Affiliate reinsurance	—		—			(7.7		)
Total	$	—	$	(48.9	)	$	120.2
Underwriting gain (loss):
Equity layer credit protection	$	2.4	$	3.1		$	(1.0	)
Trade credit reinsurance	—		(2.9		)	(3.3		)
Title reinsurance	—		1.0			6.8
LA&H	—		—			(0.6		)
Auto residual value reinsurance	—		(7.9		)	(35.1		)
Affiliate reinsurance	—		—			8.2
Total	$	2.4	$	(6.7	)	$	(25.0	)

(1) The Company had $32.2 million of gross written premiums, all of which was ceded, mainly attributable to a pre-IPO reinsurance agreement with a subsidiary of ACE under which we provided reinsurance to CGA and retroceded 100% of this exposure to the ACE subsidiary.

After entering the equity layer credit protection market in 2001, we ceased writing new equity layer credit protection business during 2003, and net earned premiums declined to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $61.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The underwriting gain of $2.4 million in 2005 was attributable to a salvage recovery received during 2005. The $3.1 million underwriting gain in 2004 is from the unwinding of this business. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the underwriting loss of $1.0 million was the result of the termination of three trades.

Trade credit reinsurance net earned premiums were negative $25.3 million in 2004 due to the 100% retrocession with an affiliate of ACE, whereby we ceded 100% of the unearned premium reserves and loss and LAE reserves. For the year ended December 31, 2003 net earned premiums were $51.2 million.

On April 15, 2004, AGRO sold 100% of the common stock of its subsidiary, ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, to ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE, for $39.8 million. There was no gain or loss associated with this transaction. This sale was the primary reason for the decline in net earned premiums in 2004 from 2003 as we only wrote business during the period we owned the subsidiary. Net earned premiums for the title reinsurance business were $10.7 million for year ended December 31, 2003. The $6.8 million of underwriting gain for the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily due to favorable prior year loss reserve development.

We exited the LA&H business in 2002. The underwriting losses of $0.6 million in 2003 were related to the litigation and settlement of a disputed contract.

Auto residual value reinsurance net earned premiums were $(32.2) million in 2004 as we commuted our remaining auto residual value reinsurance business and transferred assets with a market value of $108.3 million to a subsidiary of ACE. This transaction caused a $6.5 million underwriting loss, partially offset by a $6.8 realized gain. For 2003 we had net earned premiums of $4.2 million and underwriting loss $35.1 million. The underwriting loss of $35.1 million in 2003 was a result of an increase in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to a dispute with World Omni. This matter was settled on December 15, 2005. In connection with the settlement, the Company paid its $34.4 million funds held liability to the ACE subsidiary and released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.

Net earned premiums related to affiliate reinsurance were negative $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and primarily represent the cost of the AGC Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and AG Re Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction for these periods. As a result of losses of $14.4 million ceded under these contracts in 2003, affiliate reinsurance generated an underwriting gain of $8.2 million.

There were no affiliate reinsurance transactions during 2005 or 2004.

Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions

• AG Re Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction : On December 31, 2001, AG Re entered into an excess of loss reinsurance contract with a subsidiary of ACE. Under the terms of this reinsurance contract, AG Re paid $125.0 million for 25 years of reinsurance coverage. This coverage provided a $400.0 million aggregate limit, a $50.0 million per risk limit and a $5.0 million per risk deductible. We terminated this agreement effective December 31, 2003 and recorded a receivable of $131.9 million consisting of ceded unearned premium of $115.0 million and reinsurance recoverables on paid losses of $16.9 million. This amount was received in 2004. There was no earnings impact from the termination of this contract.

• AGC Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction : AGC entered into an excess of loss reinsurance contract with a subsidiary of ACE, effective January 1, 2001. This coverage provided a $150.0 million aggregate limit. We terminated this agreement effective June 30, 2003 and received a cash payment of $53.8 million, consisting of ceded unearned premium of $39.8 million, reinsurance recoverables on paid losses of $12.5 million and profit commissions receivable of $1.5 million. There was no earnings impact from the termination of this contract.

• AGRO Affiliate Reinsurance Transactions : AGRO entered into a reinsurance transaction with an affiliate of ACE, which the ACE affiliate fully ceded to a subsidiary of ACE, both effective July 1, 2001, resulting in both gross and ceded premiums written of $25.8 million, $2.7 million and $6.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Accordingly, this transaction had no effect on our net written premiums or our net income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity, both on a short-term basis (for the next twelve months) and a long-term basis (beyond the next twelve months), is largely dependent upon: (1) the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us, (2) external financings and (3) investment income from our invested assets. Our liquidity requirements include the payment of our operating expenses, interest on our debt, and dividends on our common shares. We may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of our business, we evaluate our liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses, debt-related expenses and our dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. Based on the amount of dividends we expect to receive from

our subsidiaries and the income we expect to receive from our invested assets, management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay dividends on our common shares in accordance with our dividend policy. Total cash paid in 2005 and 2004 for dividends to shareholders was $9.0 million, or $0.12 per common share, and $4.6 million, or $0.06 per common share, respectively. During February 2006, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.035 per common share, payable on March 8, 2006 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 16, 2006. Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of our operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors including market conditions, insurance and rating agencies regulations and general economic conditions. Consequently, although management believes that we will continue to have sufficient liquidity to meet our debt service and other obligations over the long term, no guaranty can be given that we will not be required to seek external debt or equity financing in order to meet our operating expenses, debt service obligations or pay dividends on our common shares.

We anticipate that a major source of our liquidity, for the next twelve months and for the longer term, will be amounts paid by our operating subsidiaries as dividends. Certain of our operating subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends. See “Business—Regulation.” The amount available at AGC to pay dividends in 2006 with notice to, but without the prior approval of, the Maryland Insurance Commissioner is approximately $25.6 million. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to a 30% withholding tax. The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends in 2006 in compliance with Bermuda law is $590.2 million. AGC has committed to it’s rating agencies that it will not pay more than $10.0 million per year in dividends, without prior consultation.

Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligations with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. for debt service and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. In addition, certain of our operating companies may be required to post collateral in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions. Management believes that these subsidiaries’ operating needs generally can be met from operating cash flow, including gross written premium and investment income from their respective investment portfolios.

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities were $175.8 million, $(44.6) million and $200.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 2005 operating cash flows were primarily provided by $203.7 million of net premiums received and loss recoveries of $71.0 million, partially offset by tax payments of $40.0 million and a $34.4 million payment of funds held.

The cash flows used in operating activities in 2004 were due to the unwinding of certain transactions related to the IPO which generated approximately $146.0 million of cash outflows. From July 1, 2004, to December 31, 2004, we generated $68.7 million of net cash flows from operating activities. These cash flows were primarily provided by premium received and investment income.

Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities were $(153.6) million, $22.3 million and $(145.3) million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These investing activities were primarily net (purchases) sales of fixed maturity investment securities during 2005, 2004 and 2003. In addition, during 2004 AGRO, an indirect subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd., sold 100% of the common stock of its subsidiary, ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, to ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE, for $39.8 million. There was no gain or loss associated with the sale.

Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities were $(31.9) million, $6.1 million and $(35.0) million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. During 2005, we paid dividends of $9.0 million, paid $3.9 million, net, under our option and incentive plans and paid $19.0 million to repurchase 1.0 million of our common shares under the Board of Directors authorized $25.0 million share stock repurchase program. Under the program we have repurchased a total of 1.3 million common shares, over a two year period, of Common Stock at an average price of $18.69. During 2004,

Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, issued $200.0 million of 7. 0% Senior Notes due in 2034. The proceeds of the offering were used to repay a $200.0 million promissory note, established as part of the IPO related formation transactions, issued to a subsidiary of ACE prior to the IPO in April 2004. The coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, however, the effective rate will be approximately 6.4% due to a treasury hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. These senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Assured Guaranty Ltd. We expect to have the capacity to repay and/or refinance the notes as they come due. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, ACE contributed capital of $78.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively, to us. These capital contributions were utilized to pay interest and principal on long-term debt. In all years, these were non-cash contributions (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements). Dividends paid to ACE were $35.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2003. No such dividends were paid in 2005 and 2004.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005:

	As of December 31, 2005
	Total		Less Than 1 Year			1-3 Years		3-5 Years		After 5 Years
	($ in millions)
Long-term debt(1)	$	596.3		$	14.0	$	28.0	$	28.0	$	526.3
Notes assumed during formation transactions(1)	2.1			2.1		—		—		—
Operating lease obligations(2)	9.5			2.7		5.4		1.4		—
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses(3)	121.2			25.5		18.0		14.0		63.7
Total	$	729.1		$	44.3	$	51.4	$	43.4	$	590.0

(1) Principal and interest.

(2) Lease payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes.

(3) We have estimated the timing of these payments based on our historical experience and our expectation of future payment patterns. However, the timing of these payments may vary significantly from the amounts shown above, especially for our portfolio reserves.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company did not have any significant off-balance-sheet arrangements that were not accounted for or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

Credit Facilities

$300.0 million Credit Facility

On April 15, 2005, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million three-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the “$300.0 million credit facility”) with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. acted as lead arrangers and KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”) acted as syndication agent. Under the $300.0 million credit facility, each of AGC, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (“AG (UK)”), a subsidiary of AGC organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower. The $300.0 million credit facility replaced (1) the $250.0 million credit facility and (2) the Letter of Credit Agreement, both discussed below.

The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

At the closing of the $300.0 million credit facility, (i) AGC guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under

such facility and agreed that, if the Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit agreement) of AGC and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of AGC and AG (UK) under such facility and (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., as a Material Non-AGC Subsidiary (as defined in the related credit agreement), guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility. Subsequently, AG Re and AGRO, as Material Non-AGC Subsidiaries, both guaranteed the obligations of the other and of Assured Guaranty Ltd. under such facility.

The $300.0 million credit facility’s financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Ltd. (a) maintain a minimum net worth of $1.2 billion, (b) maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.5:1, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the $300.0 million credit facility requires that AGC: (x) maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 80% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to the closing date of the facility and (y) maintain a ratio of aggregate net par outstanding to qualified statutory capital of not more than 150:1. Furthermore, the $300.0 million credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2005, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2005, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

$250.0 million Credit Facility

On April 29, 2004, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $250.0 million unsecured credit facility (“$250.0 million credit facility”), with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. acted as co-arrangers. Each of Assured Guaranty, AGC and AG (UK), was a party, as borrower. The $250.0 million credit facility was terminated and replaced by the $300.0 million credit facility discussed above.

The $250.0 million credit facility was a 364-day facility available for general corporate purposes. As of its termination, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor had there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

Letter of Credit Agreement

Agreement also contained financial covenants that required the Company: (i) to maintain the ratio of consolidated debt to total capitalization at not greater than 0.30 to 1.0; (ii) to maintain consolidated net worth of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of its consolidated net worth as of June 30, 2004; and (iii) to maintain the consolidated interest coverage ratio for any test period ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter at not less than 2.50 to 1.0. In addition, the LOC Agreement provided that the obligations of KeyBank to issue letters of credit may be terminated, and our obligations under the agreement may be accelerated, upon an event of default. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts were payable under any letter of credit issued under this facility. The LOC Agreement expired on April 28, 2005 and was replaced by the $300.0 million credit facility discussed above.

Non-Recourse Credit Facility

AGC is also party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $175.0 million specifically designed to provide rating agency-qualified capital to further support AGC’s claims paying resources. The facility expires in December 2010. As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

The Company’s failure to comply with certain covenants under our credit facilities could, subject to grace periods in the case of certain covenants, result in an event of default. This could require the Company to repay any outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

Committed Capital Securities

On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into separate agreements (the “Put Agreements”) with each of Woodbourne Capital Trust I, Woodbourne Capital Trust II, Woodbourne Capital Trust III and Woodbourne Capital Trust IV (each, a “Custodial Trust”) pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the Custodial Trusts to purchase up to $50,000,000 of perpetual preferred stock of AGC (the “AGC Preferred Stock”).

Structure

Each of the Custodial Trusts is a newly organized Delaware statutory trust formed for the purpose of (i) issuing a series of flex committed capital securities (the “CCS Securities”) representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of such Custodial Trust; (ii) investing the proceeds from the issuance of the CCS Securities or any redemption in full of AGC Preferred Stock in a portfolio of high-grade commercial paper and (in limited cases) U.S. Treasury Securities (the “Eligible Assets”), (iii) entering into the Put Agreement with AGC; and (iv) entering into related agreements.

Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the “Pass-Through Trust”). The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in Assured Guaranty’s financial statements.

Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities will be equal to an annualized rate of One-Month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008, and thereafter distributions will be determined pursuant to a remarketing process (the “Flexed Rate Period”) or pursuant to an auction process (the “Auction Rate Mode”). Distributions on the CCS Securities and dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

Put Agreement

Pursuant to the Put Agreement, AGC will pay a monthly put premium to each Custodial Trust except (1) during any period when the AGC Preferred Stock that has been put to a Custodial Trust is held by that Custodial Trust or (2) upon termination of the Put Agreement. The put premium will equal the product of (A) the applicable distribution rate on the CCS Securities for the respective distribution period less the excess of (i) the Custodial Trust’s stated return on the Eligible Assets for such distribution period (including any fees and expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) (expressed as an annual rate) over (ii) the expenses of the Custodial Trust for such distribution period (expressed as an annual rate), (B) the aggregate face amount of the CCS Securities of the Custodial Trust outstanding on the date the put premium is calculated, and (C) a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in such distribution period and the denominator of which will be 360. In addition, and as a condition to exercising the put option under a Put Agreement, AGC is required to enter into a Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement with the respective Custodial Trust pursuant to which AGC agrees it will pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust (which includes the fees and expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) during the period when such Custodial Trust holds AGC Preferred Stock.

Upon exercise of the put option granted to AGC pursuant to the Put Agreement, a Custodial Trust will liquidate its portfolio of Eligible Assets and purchase the AGC Preferred Stock and will hold the AGC Preferred Stock until the earlier of (i) the redemption of such AGC Preferred Stock and (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Custodial Trust.

Each Put Agreement has no scheduled termination date or maturity, however, it will terminate if (1) AGC fails to pay the put premium in accordance with the Put Agreement, and such failure continues for five business days, (2) during the Auction Rate Mode, AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear a fixed rate dividend (a “Fixed Rate Distribution Event”), (3) AGC fails to pay (i) dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock, or (ii) the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust, for the related dividend period, and such failure continues for five business days, (4) AGC fails to pay the redemption price of the AGC Preferred Stock and such failure continues for five business days, (5) the face amount of a Custodial Trust’s CCS Securities is less than $20,000,000, (6) AGC elects to terminate the Put Agreement, or (7) a decree of judicial dissolution of the Custodial Trust is entered. If, as a result of AGC’s failure to pay the put premium, the Custodial Trust is liquidated, AGC will be required to pay a termination payment which will be distributed to the holders of the Pass-Through Trust Securities. The termination payment will be at a rate equal to 1.10% per annum of the amount invested in Eligible Assets calculated from the date of the failure to pay the put premium through the end of the applicable period.

As of December 31, 2005, the put option had not been exercised.

AGC Preferred Stock

AGC Preferred Stock will be issued in one or more series, with each series in an aggregate liquidation preference amount equal to the aggregate face amount of a Custodial Trust’s outstanding CCS Securities, net of fees and expenses, upon exercise of the put option. Unless redeemed by AGC, the AGC Preferred Stock will be perpetual.

For each distribution period, holders of the outstanding AGC Preferred Stock of any series, in preference to the holders of common stock and of any other class of shares ranking junior to the AGC Preferred Stock, will be entitled to receive out of any funds legally available therefore when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of AGC or a duly authorized committee thereof, cash dividends at a rate per share equal to the dividends rate for such series of AGC Preferred Stock for the respective distribution period. Prior to a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, the dividend rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will be equal to the distribution rate on the CCS Securities. The Custodial Trust’s expenses (including any expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) for the period will be paid separately by AGC pursuant to the Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

Upon a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, the distribution rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will equal the fixed rate equivalent of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. A “Fixed Rate Distribution Event” will be deemed to have occurred during the Auction Rate Mode when AGC Preferred Stock is outstanding, if: (1) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear dividends at a fixed rate, (2) AGC fails to pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the related distribution period and such failure continues for five business days or (3) AGC fails to pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust for the related distribution period pursuant to the Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement and such failure continues for five business days.

During the Flexed Rate Period and for any period in which AGC Preferred Stock is held by a Custodial Trust, dividends will be paid monthly, except that during the Auction Rate Mode dividends will be paid every 49 days. Following a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, dividends will be paid every 90 days.

Following exercise of the put option during any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole and not in part on any distribution payment date by paying a redemption price to such Custodial Trust in an amount equal to the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the then current distribution period). If AGC redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the Custodial Trust will reinvest the redemption proceeds in Eligible Assets and, in accordance with the Put Agreement, AGC will pay the put premium to the Custodial Trust. If the AGC Preferred Stock was distributed to holders of CCS Securities during any Flexed Rate Period then AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock until the end of such period.

Following exercise of the put option during the Auction Rate Mode or at the end of any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole or in part (x) on the final distribution payment date of the applicable Flexed Rate Period and (y) on any distribution payment date in the Auction Rate Mode, by paying a redemption price to the Custodial Trust in an amount equal to the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock to be redeemed (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such AGC Preferred Stock for the then current distribution period). If AGC partially redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the redemption proceeds will be distributed pro rata to the holders of the CCS Securities and, if the Pass-Through Trust is the holder of CCS Securities, distributed by the Pass-Through Trust to holders of Pass-Through Securities (and a corresponding reduction in the aggregate face amount of CCS Securities and, if the Pass-Through Trust is the holder of CCS Securities, Pass-Through Trust Securities will be made); provided that AGC must redeem all of the AGC Preferred Stock if after giving effect to a partial redemption, the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock held by such Custodial Trust immediately following such redemption would be less than $20,000,000. If a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock for a period of two years from the date of such Fixed Rate Distribution Event.

Investment Portfolio

Our investment portfolio consisted of $2,134.0 million of fixed maturity securities, $115.8 million of short-term investments and had a duration of 4.4 years as of December 31, 2005, compared with $1,965.1 million of fixed maturity securities, $175.8 million of short-term investments and a duration of 5.0 years as of December 31, 2004. Our fixed maturity securities are designated as available-for-sale in accordance with FAS No. 115 “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“FAS 115”) Fixed maturity securities are reported at their fair value in accordance with FAS 115, and the change in fair value is reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive income. If we believe the decline in fair value is “other than temporary,” we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations.

The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005:

	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain			Gross Unrealized Loss				Estimated Fair Value
	($ in millions)
U.S. government and agencies		$	332.7		$	9.0		$	(1.4	)		$	340.3
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		819.5			46.8			(1.6		)		864.7
Corporate securities		127.2			6.3			(1.2		)		132.3
Mortgage-backed securities		643.2			3.6			(9.2		)		637.6
Asset-backed securities		141.6			0.1			(1.0		)		140.7
Foreign government securities		18.2			0.3			(0.1		)		18.4
Total fixed maturity securities		2,082.4			66.1			(14.5		)		2,134.0
Short-term investments		115.8			—			—				115.8
Total investments		$	2,198.2		$	66.1		$	(14.5	)		$	2,249.8

The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004:

	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain			Gross Unrealized Loss				Estimated Fair Value
	($ in millions)
U.S. government and agencies		$	258.7		$	11.7		$	(0.3	)		$	270.1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		809.3			59.5			(0.7		)		868.1
Corporate securities		160.6			10.5			(0.8		)		170.3
Mortgage-backed securities		550.2			12.5			(2.2		)		560.5
Asset-backed securities		76.2			1.2			(0.1		)		77.3
Foreign government securities		18.5			0.3			—				18.8
Total fixed maturity securities		1,873.5			95.7			(4.1		)		1,965.1
Short-term investments		175.8			—			—				175.8
Total investments		$	2,049.3		$	95.7		$	(4.1	)		$	2,140.9

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

See Note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

	As of December 31,
	2005						2004
	Amortized Cost			Estimated Fair Value			Amortized Cost			Estimated Fair Value
	($ in millions)
Due within one year		$	67.9		$	67.8		$	14.9		$	15.0
Due after one year through five years		280.5			283.7			170.0			174.3
Due after five years through ten years		406.4			417.4			324.9			345.1
Due after ten years		684.4			727.5			813.5			870.2
Mortgage-backed securities		643.2			637.6			550.2			560.5
Total		$	2,082.4		$	2,134.0		$	1,873.5		$	1,965.1

Fair value of the fixed maturity securities is based upon quoted market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Our investment portfolio does not include any non-publicly traded securities. For a detailed description of our valuation of investments see “—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

We review our investment portfolio for possible impairment losses. For additional information, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. Ratings are represented by the lower of the Moody’s and S&P classifications.

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
AAA or equivalent	84.9	%	77.7	%
AA	10.7	%	15.6	%
A	4.4	%	6.6	%
BBB	—		0.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that were not rated or rated below investment grade.

Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year from the original issue date. Our short-term investments are composed of money market funds, discounted notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at cost, which approximates the fair value of these securities due to the short maturity of these investments.

Under agreements with our cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, we maintain fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states where we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited. The carrying value of such restricted balances as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $552.8 million and $304.4 million, respectively.

Under certain derivative contracts, we are required to post eligible securities as collateral, generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on marked to market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market values of our pledged securities totaled $1.8 million as of December 31, 2005 and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2004.

Market Risk

Market risk represents the potential for losses that may result from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market conditions. The primary market risks that impact the value of our financial instruments are interest rate risk, basis risk, such as taxable interest rates relative to tax-exempt interest rates, and credit spread risk. Each of these risks and the specific types of financial instruments impacted are described below. Senior managers in our surveillance department are responsible for monitoring risk limits and applying risk measurement methodologies. The estimation of potential losses arising from adverse changes in market conditions is a key element in managing market risk. We use various systems, models and stress test scenarios to monitor and manage market risk. These models include estimates made by management that use current and historic market information. The valuation results from these models could differ materially from amounts that actually are realized in the market. See “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Valuation of Investments.”

Financial instruments that may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates consist primarily of investment securities. The primary objective in managing our investment portfolio is generation of an optimal level of after-tax investment income while preserving capital and maintaining adequate liquidity.

As a result, our investment portfolio consists of highly rated fixed income securities with a relatively short composite portfolio duration. Investment strategies are based on many factors, including our tax position, fluctuation in interest rates, regulatory and rating agency criteria and other market factors. As of January 1, 2005 we have retained BlackRock Financial Management, Inc to manage our investment portfolio. Prior to January 1, 2005 Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. performed this function. These investment managers manage our fixed maturity investment portfolio in accordance with investment guidelines approved by our Board of Directors.

See Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for more information.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued FAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”). FAS 123R is effective January 1, 2006 and replaces FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”) and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). As permitted by FAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options, or its employee stock purchase plan. Accordingly, the adoption of FAS 123R’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. At December 31, 2005, unamortized compensation expense related to outstanding unvested options, as determined in accordance with FAS 123, that the Company expects to record during fiscal 2006 was approximately $2.0 million, before income taxes. The total impact of adoption of FAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted and shares purchased by employees under the employee stock purchase plan in the future. However, had the Company adopted FAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of FAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. FAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. While the Company cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the future (because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options), the amount of operating cash flows recognized in prior periods for such excess tax deductions were $4.1 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

During 2005, FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” was issued to replace the guidance set forth in paragraphs 10-18 of EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments and its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”), with references to existing other than temporary impairment guidance. FSP FAS 115-1 is to be applied prospectively from its effective date for periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 remain in effect and are included in Note 9. Investments. This pronouncement will not materially effect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Exposure to Hurricane Katrina

The Company’s net par outstanding on public finance exposures in counties designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (“FEMA”) for both individual and public assistance in the states of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama totals $220.6 million, and of that amount $142.3 million is in Greater New Orleans (comprised of Orleans, St. Bernard and Jefferson parishes). Over 96% of that exposure comes through our reinsurance segment. Details by asset category are included in Table 1 below. A list of the Company’s top ten public finance exposures in counties designated by FEMA for both individual and public assistance in the affected states is provided in Table 2.

Table 1

Public Finance Exposure in FEMA-Designated Counties*
Net Par Outstanding as of December 31, 2005
($ in Millions)

Bond Type	Alabama			Greater New Orleans **			Other Louisiana			Mississippi			Total
General obligation		$	5.6		$	9.5		$	1.4		$	9.7	$	26.2
Healthcare		2.1			18.1			8.5			6.6		35.3
Higher education		0.1			3.7			0.2			0.7		4.7
Housing		—			0.1			0.6			0.1		0.8
Municipal utility		1.1			1.4			—			3.8		6.4
Other public finance		—			0.7			—			—		0.7
Tax backed		0.3			86.3			19.4			17.8		123.8
Transportation		—			22.5			0.1			—		22.6
Total		$	9.3		$	142.3		$	30.2		$	38.8	$	220.6

* Counties designated by FEMA for both individual and public assistance as of October 7, 2005

** Includes Orleans, St. Bernard and Jefferson Parish

Table 2

Top Ten Public Finance Exposures in FEMA-Designated Counties*
Net Par Outstanding as of December 31, 2005
($ in Millions)

1	Ernest N. Morial—New Orleans Exhibition Hall Authority	$	29.5
2	Louisiana Sadium & Exposition District	29.0
3	New Orleans Aviation Board	19.8
4	West Jefferson Medical Center	16.1
5	Rankin County School District	15.6
6	Jefferson Parish Special Sales Tax	14.4
7	St. Tammany Louisiana School District #12	9.5
8	New Orleans Louisiana General Obligation	9.4
9	Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady Health System	6.3
10	St. Bernard Louisiana Sales Tax Bonds	6.1
	Total Top Ten Public Finance Exposures in FEMA-Designated Counties*	$	155.8

* Counties designated by FEMA for both individual and public assistance as of October 7, 2005

The Company’s exposure to investor-owned utilities in the affected states totals $53.1 million and is presented in Table 3. With respect to the Company’s structured finance net par outstanding, management’s review of Assured Guaranty’s structured finance portfolio shows no significant concentrations in the areas affected by Hurricane Katrina, as these exposures are generally secured by geographically diverse pools of assets.

Table 3

Investor-Owned Utility Exposure in Alabama, Louisiana and Mississippi
Net Par Outstanding as of December 31, 2005
($ in Millions)

	Alabama			Louisiana			Mississippi			Total
Investor-owned utilities		$	39.1		$	2.5		$	11.5	$	53.1

For informational purposes, the Company’s total public finance net par outstanding exposure in Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama is $1,385.2 million, inclusive of the counties designated by FEMA for individual and public assistance, and is summarized in Table 4.

Table 4

Public Finance Exposure in Alabama, Louisiana and Mississippi
Net Par Outstanding as of December 31, 2005
($ in Millions)

	Alabama			Louisiana			Mississippi			Total
Public finance		$	973.1		$	351.1		$	61.0	$	1,385.2

As of December 31, 2005 the Company has recorded $1.3 million in portfolio reserves, but has not recorded any case reserves for this event, as no case reserves have been reported to us by any of our ceding company clients. In addition, only five claims have been paid, in the amount of $0.1 million, all of which were fully recovered. We have added 4 credits with net par outstanding of $44.8 million to Category 1 of our Closely Monitored Credits (“CMC”) list and 7 credits with net par outstanding of $80.6 million to Category 2 of the CMC list related to Hurricane Katrina. Nonetheless, significant uncertainty exists with regard to both the probability of defaults occurring and the loss severities that will apply to any defaults that do occur. The Company’s surveillance department is actively monitoring specific exposures in coordination with our reinsurance clients and will continue to assess the impact of Hurricane Katrina on the credit quality of our portfolio.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Valuation of Investments.”

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

	Page
Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting		95
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		96
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004		98
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003		99
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003		100
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003		101
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		102

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. were prepared by management, who are responsible for their reliability and objectivity. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management. Financial information elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of directors who are not officers or employees of the Company, provides oversight of the financial reporting process and safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition. The Audit Committee annually recommends the appointment of an independent registered public accounting firm and submits its recommendation to the Board of Directors for approval.

The Audit Committee meets with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company; approves the overall scope of audit work and related fee arrangements; and reviews audit reports and findings. In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company meet separately with the Audit Committee, without management representatives present, to discuss the results of their audits; the adequacy of the Company’s internal control; the quality of its financial reporting; and the safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition.

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. The Company believes that all representations made to our independent registered public accounting firm during their audits were valid and appropriate.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Assured Guaranty Ltd. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As of December 31, 2005, management has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report, has also audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. The report, which expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

/s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO		/s/ ROBERT B. MILLS
Dominic J. Frederico		Robert B. Mills
President and Chief Executive Officer		Chief Financial Officer

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

We have completed an integrated audit of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s 2005 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and audits of its 2004 and 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under item 8, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 1, 2006

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share amounts)

	As of December 31,
	2005			2004
Assets
Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $2,082,363 in 2005 and $1,873,450 in 2004)	$	2,133,997		$	1,965,051
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value	115,826			175,837
Total investments	2,249,823			2,140,888
Cash and cash equivalents	6,190			16,978
Accrued investment income	22,676			21,924
Deferred acquisition costs	193,442			186,354
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	12,478			15,204
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses	12,350			120,220
Premiums receivable	33,011			40,819
Goodwill	85,417			85,417
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	40,385			43,901
Current income taxes receivable	3,005			4,564
Other assets	17,694			17,742
Total assets	$	2,676,471		$	2,694,011
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities
Unearned premium reserves	$	537,149		$	521,271
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses	121,219			226,503
Profit commissions payable	52,993			61,671
Reinsurance balances payable	3,724			25,112
Deferred income taxes	26,629			40,053
Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts	19,186			50,768
Long-term debt	197,344			197,356
Other liabilities	56,714			43,665
Total liabilities	1,014,958			1,166,399
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 74,761,577 and 75,678,792 shares issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004)	748			757
Treasury stock held in trust, at cost (436,000 shares outstanding in 2004)	—			(7,850		)
Additional paid-in capital	881,998			894,219
Unearned stock grant compensation	(14,756		)	(6,729		)
Retained earnings	747,691			568,255
Accumulated other comprehensive income	45,832			78,960
Total shareholders’ equity	1,661,513			1,527,612
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,676,471		$	2,694,011

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Revenues
Gross written premiums	$	252,100		$	190,871		$	349,236
Ceded premiums	(34,778		)	(111,301		)	142,236
Net written premiums	217,322			79,570			491,472
(Increase) decrease in net unearned premium reserves	(18,596		)	108,294			(180,611		)
Net earned premiums	198,726			187,864			310,861
Net investment income	96,836			94,782			96,274
Net realized investment gains	2,248			11,989			5,483
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(3,516		)	52,460			98,449
Other income	240			820			1,219
Total revenues	294,534			347,915			512,286
Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(69,564		)	(31,979		)	144,610
Profit commission expense	12,909			15,541			9,835
Acquisition costs	45,302			50,864			64,900
Other operating expenses	59,015			67,789			41,026
Interest expense	13,520			10,735			5,738
Other expense	3,731			1,645			—
Total expenses	64,913			114,595			266,109
Income before provision for income taxes	229,621			233,320			246,177
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current	45,477			16,106			18,873
Deferred	(4,304		)	34,426			12,782
Total provision for income taxes	41,173			50,532			31,655
Net income	188,448			182,788			214,522
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
Unrealized holding losses on fixed maturity securities arising during the year	(30,895		)	(6,760		)	(3,922		)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income	(1,815		)	(7,775		)	(3,849		)
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities	(32,710		)	(14,535		)	(7,771		)
Cash flow hedge	(418		)	12,310			—
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(33,128		)	(2,225		)	(7,771		)
Comprehensive income	$	155,320		$	180,563		$	206,751
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	2.55		$	2.44		$	2.86
Diluted	$	2.53		$	2.44		$	2.86
Dividends per share	$	0.12		$	0.06		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	Common Stock				Treasury Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital				Unearned Stock Grant Compensation				Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income				Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance, January 1, 2003		$	16,403			$	—			$	946,092			$	(4,718	)	$	210,503			$	88,956			$	1,257,236
Net income		—				—				—				—			214,522				—				214,522
Dividends		—				—				—				—			(35,000		)		—				(35,000		)
Capital contribution		—				—				3,728				—			—				—				3,728
Tax benefit for options exercised		—				—				5,670				—			—				—				5,670
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(144)		—				—				—				—			—				(7,771		)		(7,771		)
Unearned stock grant compensation, net		—				—				—				(761		)	—				—				(761		)
Balance, December 31, 2003		$	16,403			$	—			$	955,490			$	(5,479	)	$	390,025			$	81,185			$	1,437,624
Net income		—				—				—				—			182,788				—				182,788
Dividends ($0.06 per share)		—				—				—				—			(4,558		)		—				(4,558		)
Common stock issuance		750				—				—				—			—				—				750
Restricted stock issuance, net		10				—				17,863				—			—				—				17,873
Recapitalization due to IPO		(16,403		)		—				16,403				—			—				—				—
Common stock repurchases		(3		)		—				(5,983		)		—			—				—				(5,986		)
Return of capital		—				—				(202,000		)		—			—				—				(202,000		)
Capital contribution		—				—				78,892				—			—				—				78,892
Tax benefit for options exercised		—				—				5,430				—			—				—				5,430
Tax basis step-up adjustment		—				—				28,124				—			—				—				28,124
Cash flow hedge, net of tax of $6,629		—				—				—				—			—				12,310				12,310
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(7,134)		—				—				—				—			—				(14,535		)		(14,535		)
Common stock held in trust		—				(7,850		)		—				7,850			—				—				—
Unearned stock grant compensation, net		—				—				—				(9,100		)	—				—				(9,100		)
Balance, December 31, 2004		$	757			$	(7,850	)		$	894,219			$	(6,729	)	$	568,255			$	78,960			$	1,527,612
Net income		—				—				—				—			188,448				—				188,448
Dividends ($0.12 per share)		—				—				—				—			(9,012		)		—				(9,012		)
Restricted stock issuance, net		3				—				6,593				—			—				—				6,596
Common stock repurchases		(10		)		—				(19,004		)		—			—				—				(19,014		)
Share activity under option and incentive plans, net		(2		)		—				(3,874		)		—			—				—				(3,876		)
Tax benefit for options exercised		—				—				4,064				—			—				—				4,064
Cash flow hedge, net of tax of $(225)		—				—				—				—			—				(418		)		(418		)
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(9,107)		—				—				—				—			—				(32,710		)		(32,710		)
Vesting of common stock held in trust		—				7,850				—				(7,850		)	—				—				—
Unearned stock grant compensation, net		—				—				—				(177		)	—				—				(177		)
Balance, December 31, 2005		$	748			$	—			$	881,998			$	(14,756	)	$	747,691			$	45,832			$	1,661,513

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

100

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Operating activities
Net income	$	188,448		$	182,788		$	214,522
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Non-cash interest and operating expenses	7,062			10,629			8,426
Net amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities	7,026			8,825			9,119
Goodwill impairment	—			1,645			—
(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes	(4,304		)	34,426			12,782
Net realized investment gains	(2,248		)	(11,989		)	(5,483		)
Change in unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments	3,516			(52,460		)	(98,449		)
Change in deferred acquisition costs	(7,088		)	(7,690		)	(21,374		)
Change in accrued investment income	(752		)	1,124			(1,728		)
Change in premiums receivable	7,808			23,166			(3,538		)
Change in due from affiliate	—			115,000			(115,000		)
Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums	2,726			(4,230		)	168,523
Change in unearned premium reserves	15,878			(104,064		)	12,088
Change in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	(18,802		)	(266,863		)	40,424
Change in profit commissions payable	(8,678		)	(8,311		)	(24,595		)
Change in value of reinsurance business assumed	—			14,226			6,096
Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts	(31,582		)	41,133			(17,438		)
Change in current income taxes	1,559			(1,975		)	190
Other	15,238			(19,959		)	15,465
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	175,807			(44,579		)	200,030
Investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases	(956,803		)	(773,645		)	(902,935		)
Sales	728,566			780,310			619,587
Maturities	14,675			15,657			127,532
Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net	60,011			(39,840		)	6,829
Net proceeds from sale of subsidiary	—			39,784			—
Other	—			—			3,690
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities	(153,551		)	22,266			(145,297		)
Financing activities
Repurchases of common stock	(19,014		)	(5,986		)	—
Dividends paid	(9,012		)	(4,558		)	(35,000		)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan	356			—			—
Share activity under option and incentive plans	(4,267		)	—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of senior notes	—			197,300			—
Repayment of note payable	—			(200,000		)	—
Proceeds from cash flow hedge	—			19,338			—
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities	(31,937		)	6,094			(35,000		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(1,107		)	832			3,187
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(10,788		)	(15,387		)	22,920
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	16,978			32,365			9,445
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	6,190		$	16,978		$	32,365

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

101

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1. Business and Organization

On April 28, 2004, subsidiaries of ACE Limited (“ACE”), completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 49,000,000 of their 75,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”), formerly AGC Holdings Ltd. Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AGO”. The IPO raised approximately $840.1 million in net proceeds, all of which went to the selling shareholders. As part of the IPO, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and ACE entered into various agreements which govern various settlement issues. As part of these agreements all pre-IPO intercompany receivables and payables were settled with ACE on June 10, 2004. In connection with the IPO, the following transactions took place:

· On April 15, 2004 Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO”) (an indirect subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd.) sold 100% of the common stock of its subsidiary, ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (“ACTR”), to ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE, for $39.8 million. There was no gain or loss associated with the sale.

· On April 28, 2004, AGRO commuted its remaining auto residual value reinsurance business and transferred assets with a market value of $108.3 million to a subsidiary of ACE. This transaction caused a $(6.5) million underwriting loss, offset by a $6.8 million realized gain from the asset transfer.

Assured Guaranty Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company which provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. Credit enhancement products are financial guarantees or other types of support, including credit derivatives, that improve the credit of underlying debt obligations. Assured Guaranty Ltd. applies its credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of its customers. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more insurance policies that the ceding company has issued. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security. Assured Guaranty Ltd. markets its products directly to and through financial institutions, serving the U.S. and international markets. Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. These segments are further discussed in Note 22.

Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. A loss event occurs upon existing or anticipated credit deterioration, while a payment under a policy occurs when the insured obligation defaults. This requires the Company to pay the required principal and interest when due in accordance with the underlying contract. The principal types of obligations covered by the Company’s financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance businesses are structured finance obligations and public finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, the

102

Company analyzes and monitors its financial guaranty direct portfolio and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance portfolio on a coordinated basis.

Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan to value in excess of a specified ratio. Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company’s risk profile. The Company provides mortgage guaranty protection on an excess of loss basis.

The Company has participated in several lines of business that are reflected in its historical financial statements but that the Company exited in connection with the IPO, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, life, accident and health (“LA&H”) and auto residual value reinsurance. These lines of business make up the Company’s other segment.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Amounts presented prior to April 28, 2004, the IPO date, were prepared on an historical combined basis, since Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries were included in the results of ACE. However, since the entities are the same for all periods presented, the financial statements have been prepared and reported on a consolidated basis. This presentation has no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Certain expenses reflected in the combined financial statements include allocations of corporate expenses incurred by ACE, related to general and administrative services provided to the Company, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and liquidity facility costs. These expenses were allocated based on estimates of the cost incurred by ACE to provide these services to the Company and are mainly reflected in 2003. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain items in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

Management believes that the foregoing adjustments and allocations were made on a basis that is a reasonable reflection of the historical results of the Company. However, these results do not necessarily represent what the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company would have been if the Company had been a separate and stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

Premium Revenue Recognition

103

When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserves are earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

Due to the customary lag (ranging from 30 to 90 days) in reporting premium data by some of the ceding companies, the Company must estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company as of each balance sheet date for the reinsurance business. Actual written premiums reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income are based upon reports received by ceding companies supplemented by the Company’s own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.

Investments

The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“FAS 115”). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair values of all the Company’s investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized in current income.

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

· a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

· a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

· recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

· the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

· whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

· whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

104

management’s current assessment of the factors noted above. The Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers. If the Company’s assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

Short-term investments are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments are those with original maturities of greater than three months but less than one year from date of purchase.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to net earned premiums. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company’s management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and therefore qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, as discussed above in the Premium Revenue Recognition section, the related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in the Company’s financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See Note 4. Derivatives, for more information on the Company’s derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the Company’s investment portfolio in all periods presented.

The Company records portfolio reserves in its financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company’s business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are not established for quota share mortgage insurance contract types, all of which are in run-off, rather IBNR reserves have been established for these contracts.

105

Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. To date the Company’s reinsurance programs have been made up of excess of loss contracts. The Company has not ceded any amounts under these contracts, as the Company’s recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded its contractual retentions.

The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When the Company initially records a case reserve, the Company reclassifies the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in the Company’s statement of operations. It would be a remote occurrence when the case reserve is not greater than the reclassified portfolio reserve. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or the initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in the Company’s statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

The Company also records IBNR reserves for its mortgage guaranty and other segments. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to the Company. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The Company records IBNR for mortgage guaranty quota-share reinsurance contracts, all of which are in run-off, within its mortgage guaranty segment. The Company also records IBNR for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within its other segment. The other segment represents lines of business the Company has exited or sold prior to the IPO.

For all other mortgage guaranty transactions the Company records portfolio reserves in a manner consistent with its financial guaranty business. While other mortgage guaranty insurance companies do not record portfolio reserves, rather just case and IBNR reserves, the Company records portfolio reserves because the Company writes business on an excess of loss basis, while other industry participants write quota share or first layer loss business. The Company manages and underwrites this business in the same manner as its financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance business because they have similar characteristics as insured obligations of mortgage-backed securities.

106

The Company believes the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so the Company also applies the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 85-20, “Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan” (“EITF 85-20”), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“FAS 5”). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005, the FASB staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. When the FASB staff reaches a conclusion on this issue, which is expected during the first half of 2006, the Company and the rest of the financial guaranty industry may be required to change some aspects of their loss reserving policies, but the Company cannot currently assess how the FASB or SEC staffs’ ultimate resolution of this issue will impact the Company’s reserving policy or other balances, i.e., premiums and DAC. Until the issue is resolved, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

Profit Commissions

Under the terms of certain of the Company’s reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. The Company’s liability for the present value of expected future payments, using a 5% discount rate for 2005 and 2004, is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, “Profit commissions payable”. The unamortized discount on this liability was $1.4 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Reinsurance

In the ordinary course of business, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries assume and retrocede business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Retrocessional contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

Certain of the Company’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts are funds held arrangements. In a funds held arrangement, the ceding company retains the premiums instead of paying them to the reinsurer and losses are offset against these funds in an experience account. Because the reinsurer is not in receipt of the funds, the reinsurer earns interest on the experience account balance at a predetermined credited rate of interest. The Company generally earns interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its assumed funds held arrangements and generally pays interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its ceded funds held arrangements. The interest earned or credited on funds held arrangements is included in net investment income. In addition, interest on funds held arrangements will continue to be earned or credited

107

until the experience account is fully depleted, which can extend many years beyond the expiration of the coverage period.

Goodwill

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. In the year ended December 31, 2004 the Company recognized a goodwill impairment of $1.6 million for the trade credit business which the Company exited as part of its IPO strategy. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2005 or 2003. See Note 5. Goodwill, for more information.

Income Taxes

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. In accordance with FAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to that amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. For 2005 and 2004 this is calculated using the shares issued upon the formation of the Company, adjusted for shares issued or reacquired during the year. For 2003 the basic shares outstanding were assumed to be the common shares outstanding immediately prior to the IPO. All potentially dilutive securities, including unvested restricted stock and stock options are excluded from the basic earnings per share calculation. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the shares issued are increased to include all potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the applicable number of shares as described above. See Note 20. Earnings Per Share, for more information.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. No compensation expense for options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”). Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will begin recognizing compensation expense, using the modified-prospective transition method, for options and its employee stock purchase plan in accordance with FAS No. 123 (revised), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”). See Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for more information.

For restricted stock awards, the Company records the market value of the shares awarded at the time of the grant as unearned stock grant compensation and includes it as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The unearned stock grant compensation is amortized into income ratably over the vesting period. Upon adoption of FAS 123R, the unearned stock grant compensation will be netted against additional paid-in capital. This change effects presentation only and has no effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

108

The following table outlines the Company’s net income, basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, had the compensation expense been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

	2005			2004
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
Net income as reported	$	188,448		$	182,788
Add: Stock-based compensation expense due to accelerated vesting of ACE awards included in reported net income, net of income tax	—			9,652
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax	5,618			3,310
Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax	(9,349		)	(15,184		)
Pro forma net income	$	184,717		$	180,566
Basic Earnings Per Share:
As reported	$	2.55		$	2.44
Pro forma	$	2.50		$	2.41
Diluted Earnings Per Share:
As reported	$	2.53		$	2.44
Pro forma	$	2.48		$	2.41

Since the Company was a subsidiary of ACE during 2003, management has determined that disclosing amounts related to that period would not be meaningful, as the compensation expense determined under FAS 123 would be based on ACE’s ordinary share price. The amount of stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax, was $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The fair value of options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2005 and 2004:

	2005		2004
Dividend yield	0.7	%	0.7	%
Expected volatility	20.80	%	17.03	%
Risk free interest rate	4.1	%	4.4	%
Expected life	5 years		5 years
Turnover rate	6.0	%	6.0	%

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued FAS 123R. FAS 123R is effective January 1, 2006 and replaces FAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. As permitted by FAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options, or its employee stock purchase plan. Accordingly, the adoption of FAS 123R’s fair value method will have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on its overall financial position. At December 31, 2005, unamortized compensation expense related to outstanding unvested options, as determined in accordance with FAS 123, that the Company expects to record during fiscal 2006 was approximately $2.0 million, before income taxes. The total impact of adoption of FAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted and shares purchased by employees under the employee stock purchase plan in the future. However, had the Company adopted FAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of FAS 123 as described in the

109

disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. FAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. While the Company cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the future (because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options), the amount of operating cash flows recognized in prior periods for such excess tax deductions were $4.1 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

4. Derivatives

Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”) and FAS No. 149,”Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 149”). These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index-based derivative financial instruments prior to 2004. FAS 133 and FAS 149 establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges, except as described in Note 17. Long Term Debt, during 2005, 2004 and 2003. The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. The Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, the Company uses quoted market prices to fair value these insured credit derivatives. If quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer collateralized debt obligations (“CDO”) and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agency models, or may be developed internally, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continually reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated cost to the Company to purchase protection on its outstanding exposures and is not an estimate of expected losses incurred. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

110

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, for more information. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Cumulative unrealized gains are reflected as assets in the Company’s balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. In the event that the Company terminates a derivative contact prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk management purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred.

The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $98.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

	2005			2004			2003
Balance sheets as of December 31,
Assets:
Premiums receivable	$	16,199		$	16,455		$	34,885
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	3,005			3,427			2,399
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses	—			—			16,937
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	40,385			43,901			—
Liabilities:
Unearned premium reserves	12,548			14,050			138,531
Reserves for losses and LAE	11,045			19,005			103,921
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments	—			—			8,559
Net asset (liability)—fair value of derivative financial instruments	$	35,996		$	30,728		$	(196,790	)
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
Net written premiums	$	58,207		$	(35,066	)	$	89,759
Net earned premiums	59,287			89,189			130,514
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred	5,678			(16,213		)	(60,075		)
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(3,516		)	52,460			98,449
Total impact of derivative financial instruments	$	61,449		$	125,436		$	168,888

5. Goodwill

Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE’s acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS 142 and now evaluates it for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS 142.

111

The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Financial guaranty direct	$	14,748	$	14,748
Financial guaranty reinsurance	70,669		70,669
Mortgage guaranty	—		—
Other	—		—
Total	$	85,417	$	85,417

In the year ended December 31, 2004 the Company recognized a goodwill impairment of $1.6 million in its other segment for its trade credit business which the Company exited as part of its IPO. This impairment charge is presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003.

6. Statutory Accounting Practices

These consolidated financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Administration, the New York State Insurance Department as well as the statutory requirements of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

The Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and their respective Insurance Departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis The combined capital and statutory surplus of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $286.4 million and $265.8 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The statutory combined net income of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $103.0 million, $107.5 million and $70.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”, formerly Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.) a Bermuda regulated Class 3 insurer and Long-Term insurer prepares its statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and Related Regulations. The statutory capital and surplus of AG Re was $674.3 million and $601.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The statutory net income of AG Re was $94.4 million, $39.2 million and $91.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

112

7. Insurance in Force

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, net financial guaranty par in force, including insured credit default swaps (“CDS”), was approximately $102.5 billion and $95.6 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 1.1% and 1.6% of the total net par in force as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The composition of net par in force by bond type was as follows:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
Public Finance:
General obligation	$	12.9	$	12.7
Tax-backed	10.8		10.4
Municipal utilities	10.8		10.9
Transportation	7.4		6.9
Healthcare	6.4		6.6
Investor-owned utilities	2.8		2.2
Housing	1.3		1.3
Higher education	1.2		1.0
Structured municipal	0.8		1.4
Other public finance	1.3		1.1
Total public finance	55.7		54.5
Structured Finance:
Collateralized debt obligations	23.0		17.3
Mortgage-backed and home equity	12.0		11.9
Commercial receivables	5.4		4.8
Consumer receivables	2.6		3.5
Single name corporate CDS	—		1.6
Other structured finance	3.8		2.0
Total structured finance	46.8		41.1
Total exposures	$	102.5	$	95.6

Maturities for public finance obligations range from 1 to 45 years, with the typical life in the 12 to 15 year range. Structured finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 40 years with a typical life of 6 to 8 years. CDS transactions are included in all structured finance categories and tax-backed and investor-owned utilities categories in public finance.

113

The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2005						As of December 31, 2004
	Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding			Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
Domestic:
California		$	7.3		7.1	%		$	7.5		7.8	%
New York		5.6			5.5	%		5.5			5.7	%
Texas		3.4			3.3	%		3.2			3.3	%
Illinois		3.1			3.0	%		2.9			3.0	%
Florida		2.7			2.6	%		2.8			2.9	%
Massachusetts		2.6			2.6	%		1.8			1.9	%
New Jersey		2.3			2.2	%		2.4			2.6	%
Pennsylvania		2.2			2.2	%		2.1			2.2	%
Washington		2.0			1.9	%		1.7			1.8	%
Puerto Rico		1.6			1.6	%		1.8			1.9	%
Other states		18.0			17.5	%		18.6			19.5	%
Mortgage and structured (multiple states)		38.6			37.7	%		35.1			36.7	%
Total domestic exposures		89.4			87.2	%		85.4			89.3	%
International:
United Kingdom		7.5			7.3	%		5.3			5.5	%
Australia		0.9			0.9	%		0.5			0.6	%
Turkey		0.5			0.5	%		0.2			0.2	%
Ireland(1)		0.4			0.4	%		—			—
Germany		0.4			0.4	%		1.1			1.1	%
Other		3.4			3.3	%		3.1			3.3	%
Total international exposures		13.1			12.8	%		10.2			10.7	%
Total exposures		$	102.5		100.0	%		$	95.6		100.0	%

(1) The Company had $25.0 million net par outstanding as of 12/31/04.

The following table sets forth the net financial guaranty par outstanding by underwriting rating:

	As of December 31, 2005						As of December 31, 2004
Ratings(1)	Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding			Net par outstanding			% of Net par outstanding
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
AAA		$	34.5		33.7	%		$	29.7		31.1	%
AA		20.0			19.5	%		19.9			20.8	%
A		30.3			29.5	%		31.4			32.8	%
BBB		16.4			16.0	%		13.1			13.7	%
Below investment grade		1.3			1.3	%		1.5			1.6	%
Total exposures		$	102.5		100.0	%		$	95.6		100.0	%

(1) These ratings represent the Company’s internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations. The Company’s scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies.

As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company enters into CDS transactions whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a contingent payment by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party reference securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and included in the Company’s financial guaranty exposure was $27.7 billion and $23.2 billion, respectively.

114

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s net mortgage guaranty insurance in force (representing the current principal balance of all mortgage loans currently reinsured) was approximately $3.0 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, and net risk in force was approximately $2.3 billion for both years. These amounts are not included in the above table.

8. Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

Premiums earned include $12.1 million, $17.4 million and $19.2 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds.

9. Investments

The following table summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains			Gross Unrealized Losses				Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	332,662		$	8,978		$	(1,369	)	$	340,271
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	819,450			46,850			(1,576		)	864,724
Corporate securities	127,272			6,264			(1,207		)	132,329
Mortgage-backed securities	643,162			3,601			(9,208		)	637,555
Asset-backed securities	141,619			128			(1,043		)	140,704
Foreign government securities	18,198			303			(87		)	18,414
Total fixed maturity securities	2,082,363			66,124			(14,490		)	2,133,997
Short-term investments	115,826			—			—			115,826
Total investments	$	2,198,189		$	66,124		$	(14,490	)	$	2,249,823

The following table summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains			Gross Unrealized Losses				Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	258,699		$	11,680		$	(327	)	$	270,052
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	809,320			59,514			(716		)	868,118
Corporate securities	160,577			10,513			(806		)	170,284
Mortgage-backed securities	550,155			12,474			(2,168		)	560,461
Asset-backed securities	76,213			1,231			(84		)	77,360
Foreign government securities	18,486			318			(28		)	18,776
Total fixed maturity securities	1,873,450			95,730			(4,129		)	1,965,051
Short-term investments	175,837			—			—			175,837
Total investments	$	2,049,287		$	95,730		$	(4,129	)	$	2,140,888

Approximately 28% and 26% of the Company’s total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, was composed of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the weighted average credit quality of the Company’s entire investment portfolio was AAA and AA+, respectively.

115

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Due within one year	$	67,898	$	67,790
Due after one year through five years	280,473		283,690
Due after five years through ten years	406,411		417,473
Due after ten years	684,419		727,489
Mortgage-backed securities	643,162		637,555
Total	$	2,082,363	$	2,133,997

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $728.6 million, $780.3 million and $619.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Net realized investment gains consisted of the following:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Gains	$	5,471		$	14,296		$	6,499
Losses	(3,223		)	(2,307		)	(964		)
Other than temporary impairments	—			—			(52		)
Net realized investment gains	$	2,248		$	11,989		$	5,483

The change in net unrealized gains of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities consists of:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Fixed maturity securities	$	(40,580	)	$	(22,262	)	$	(7,971	)
Add: Foreign exchange translation	(1,237		)	593			56
Less: Deferred income tax benefit	(9,107		)	(7,134		)	(144		)
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities	$	(32,710	)	$	(14,535	)	$	(7,771	)

The following tables summarize, for all securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

	As of December 31, 2005
	Less than 12 months						12 months or more						Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss				Fair value		Unrealized loss				Fair value		Unrealized loss
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
U.S. government and agencies	$	169.2		$	(1.0	)	$	13.2		$	(0.4	)	$	182.4		$	(1.4	)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	115.1			(1.2		)	13.1			(0.4		)	128.2			(1.6		)
Corporate securities	34.1			(0.6		)	14.2			(0.6		)	48.3			(1.2		)
Mortgage backed securities	334.1			(6.3		)	89.3			(2.9		)	423.4			(9.2		)
Asset-backed securities	121.5			(1.0		)	0.4			—			121.9			(1.0		)
Foreign government securities	0.7			—			2.6			(0.1		)	3.3			(0.1		)
Total	$	774.7		$	(10.1	)	$	132.8		$	(4.4	)	$	907.5		$	(14.5	)

116

	As of December 31, 2004
	Less than 12 months						12 months or more						Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss				Fair value		Unrealized loss				Fair value		Unrealized loss
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
U.S. government and agencies	$	55.3		$	(0.3	)	$	—		$	—		$	55.3		$	(0.3	)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	52.4			(0.3		)	19.2			(0.4		)	71.6			(0.7		)
Corporate securities	24.8			(0.3		)	8.3			(0.5		)	33.1			(0.8		)
Mortgage backed securities	175.2			(1.6		)	29.8			(0.6		)	205.0			(2.2		)
Asset-backed securities	16.0			(0.1		)	—			—			16.0			(0.1		)
Foreign government securities	2.6			—			—			—			2.6			—
Total	$	326.3		$	(2.6	)	$	57.3		$	(1.5	)	$	383.6		$	(4.1	)

The above balances include 207 and 123 fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment and has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Income from fixed maturity securities	$	95,689		$	94,246		$	96,541
Income from short-term investments	3,624			2,676			2,383
Gross investment income	99,313			96,922			98,924
Less: investment expenses	(2,477		)	(2,140		)	(2,650		)
Net investment income	$	96,836		$	94,782		$	96,274

Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $552.8 million and $304.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

As part of its insured CDS business, the Company is party to certain contractual agreements that require collateral to be posted for the benefit of either party depending on ratings of the parties to the agreement and changes in fair value relative to applicable specified thresholds of the insured swap transactions. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company posted collateral of $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for the benefit of CDS customers.

The Company is not exposed to significant concentrations of credit risk within its investment portfolio.

No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

117

10. Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of reserves for losses and LAE:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Balance as of January 1	$	226,503		$	522,593		$	458,831
Less reinsurance recoverable	(120,220		)	(122,124		)	(100,826		)
Net balance as of January 1	106,283			400,469			358,005
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	13,747			581			725
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves:
Current year	10,609			56,666			31,072
Prior years	(76,683		)	(81,259		)	94,587
	(66,074		)	(24,593		)	125,659
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	(13,747		)	(581		)	(725		)
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves	(3,490		)	(7,386		)	18,951
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses	(69,564		)	(31,979		)	144,610
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered pertaining to:
Current year	(143		)	(50,623		)	(30,702		)
Prior years	77,340			(190,960		)	(69,133		)
	77,197			(241,583		)	(99,835		)
Value of reinsurance business assumed	—			(14,226		)	(6,096		)
Transfer title reserves	—			(6,620		)	—
Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves	(5,047		)	222			3,785
Net balance as of December 31	108,869			106,283			400,469
Plus reinsurance recoverable	12,350			120,220			122,124
Balance as of December 31	$	121,219		$	226,503		$	522,593

The difference between the portfolio reserve transferred to case reserves and the ultimate case reserve recorded is included in current year incurred amounts.

The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using a rate of 6% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, resulting in a discount of $10.7 million, $18.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively.

The favorable prior year development in 2005 of $76.7 million is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business . Further contributing to the favorable prior year development is changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of the Company’s normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies.

Reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves decreased in 2005 compared with 2004 due to a quota share retrocession agreement that the Company entered into on April 28, 2004 with ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (“AIOIC”), a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with an action filed by World Omni Financial Corp. (“World Omni”) against AG Intermediary Inc. and AGRO, subsidiaries of the Company, for a premium of $32.2 million. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005 between AIOIC and World Omni. Upon settlement, the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, representing its entire obligation to World Omni (see Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies). Also contributing to the decreases was $53.3 million of released reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, due to the run-off and novation of our trade credit business, which is included in our other segment.

118

In 2004 the favorable prior year development of $81.3 million is primarily related to the reduction of loss reserves associated with the exiting of certain lines of business in connection with the IPO.

The prior year development in 2003 of $94.6 million is due in part to an increase of $25.0 million in case activity on the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. In addition, prior year development includes an increase in the case reserve on the World Omni transaction discussed earlier.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses (received) paid, net of recoveries, were $(77.2) million, $241.6 million and $99.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The loss recovery of $ 77.2 million in 2005 is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business, mentioned above. Of the total net loss payments in 2004 and 2003, $56.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively, related to equity layer CDO losses paid in those years. No amounts were paid in 2005 relating to equity layer CDO losses.

11. Income Taxes

The Company and its Bermuda Subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, the Company and its Bermuda Subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 28, 2016.

The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

In connection with the IPO, the Company and ACE Financial Services Inc. (“AFS”), a subsidiary of ACE, entered into a tax allocation agreement, whereby the Company and AFS made a “Section 338 (h)(10)” election that had the effect of increasing the tax basis of certain affected subsidiaries tangible and intangible assets to fair value. Future tax benefits that the Company derives from the election will be payable to AFS when realized by the Company.

As a result of the election, the Company has adjusted its net deferred tax liability, to reflect the new tax basis of the Company’s affected assets. The additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by the Company. Any tax benefit realized by the Company will be paid to AFS. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company’s affected subsidiaries’ actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by those subsidiaries had the increase in basis not occurred. After a 15-year period, to the extent there remains an unrealized tax benefit, the Company and AFS will negotiate a settlement of the unrealized benefit based on the expected realization at that time.

The Company initially recorded a $49.0 million reduction of its existing deferred tax liability, based on an estimate of the ultimate resolution of the Section 338(h)(10) election. Under the tax allocation agreement, the Company estimated that as of the IPO date, it would pay $20.9 million to AFS and accordingly has established this amount as a liability. The initial difference, which is attributable to the change in the tax basis of certain liabilities for which there is no associated step-up in the tax basis of its assets and no amounts due to AFS, resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $28.1 million. During 2005, the Company paid AFS $0.8 million, reducing the liability to $20.1 million, which is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

Prior to the IPO in April 2004, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”), Assured Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”), Assured Value Insurance Company (“AVIC”), AG Financial Products Inc. (“AGFP”) and AFP Transferor Inc. (“AFP”) had historically filed their U.S. income tax returns in the consolidated U.S. tax return of its former shareholder. For periods after April 2004, AGUS and its subsidiaries, AGC,

119

AVIC, AGFP and AFP file a consolidated federal income tax return. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. (“AGOUS”) and its subsidiaries, AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (“AGMIC”), ACE Capital Title Reinsurance (for the period ending April 15, 2004) and Assured Guaranty Inc., have historically filed a consolidated federal income tax return. AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation. Each company, as a member of its respective consolidated tax return group, has paid its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden for its group as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses.

The following table provides the Company’s income tax provision and effective tax rates:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Current tax expense	$	45,477		$	16,106		$	18,873
Deferred tax (benefit) expense	(4,304		)	34,426			12,782
Provision for income taxes	$	41,173		$	50,532		$	31,655
Effective tax rate	17.9		%	21.7		%	12.9		%

Reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions was as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions	$	52,390		$	62,448		$	41,945
Tax-exempt interest	(11,570		)	(11,194		)	(10,319		)
Other	353			(722		)	29
Total provision for income taxes	$	41,173		$	50,532		$	31,655

The deferred income tax liability reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Deferred tax assets:
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	18,533	$	24,705
Tax and loss bonds	15,434		18,134
Net operating loss carry forward	20,900		35,556
Alternative minimum tax credit	1,811		3,334
Tax basis step-up	13,287		15,501
Other	4,056		1,946
Total deferred income tax assets	74,021		99,176
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	11,243		11,312
Deferred acquisition costs	26,813		51,376
Unearned premium reserves	11,155		13,313
Contingency reserves	15,031		19,399
Unrealized appreciation on investments	18,219		25,614
Other	11,189		11,215
Total deferred income tax liabilities	93,650		132,229
Valuation allowance	7,000		7,000
Net deferred income tax liability	$	26,629	$	40,053

120

As of December 31, 2005, AGRO had a standalone net operating loss carry-forward of $59.2 million, which is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income through 2023. As a Section 953(d) company, any standalone net operating losses of AGRO are treated as dual consolidation losses and are not permitted to offset income of any other members of the consolidated group. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO’s $59.2 million net operating loss will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carry-forward deferred tax asset. This valuation allowance is reviewed quarterly.

12. Impact of Reinsurance Transactions

To limit its exposure on assumed risks, at the time of the IPO, the Company entered into certain proportional and non-proportional retrocessional agreements with other insurance companies, primarily ACE subsidiaries, to cede a portion of the risk underwritten by the Company. In addition, the Company enters into reinsurance agreements with non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk on an on-going basis.

In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Direct, assumed, and ceded amounts were as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Premiums Written
Direct	$	96,181		$	(21,561	)	$	94,092
Assumed	155,919			212,432			255,144
Ceded	(34,778		)	(111,301		)	142,236
Net	$	217,322		$	79,570		$	491,472
Premiums Earned
Direct	$	77,332		$	96,262		$	133,859
Assumed	158,907			198,673			203,288
Ceded	(37,513		)	(107,071		)	(26,286		)
Net	$	198,726		$	187,864		$	310,861
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Direct	$	(4,547	)	$	37,971		$	63,465
Assumed	(132,491		)	22,515			116,012
Ceded	67,474			(92,465		)	(34,867		)
Net	$	(69,564	)	$	(31,979	)	$	144,610

The following table presents the affiliated and third party reinsurance recoverable balances on ceded losses and provides Standard & Poors (“S&P”) ratings for individual reinsurers:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004		S&P Rating
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
ACE American	$	12,266	$	65,645		A+
ACE INA Overseas Ins. Co.	—		32,200			N/R
Other non affiliated(1)	84		22,375			BBB
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded loss and LAE	$	12,350	$	120,220

N/R= This reinsurer is not rated by S&P.

(1) The 2004 amount is 100% guaranteed by ACE INA Overseas Ins. Co.

121

Agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc.

During Second Quarter 2005, AGC and AG Re, two of the Company’s subsidiaries, entered into a reinsurance agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA”) pursuant to which substantially all of FSA’s financial guaranty risks previously ceded to AGC (the “Ceded Business”) were assumed by AG Re. This agreement is effective as of January 1, 2005. In connection with the transaction, AGC transferred liabilities of $169.0 million, consisting primarily of unearned premium reserves. All profit and loss related items associated with this transfer were eliminated in consolidation, with the exception of profit commission expense, certain other operating expenses, and provision for income taxes. Since this transaction transferred unearned premium reserve from AGC, a U.S. tax paying entity, to AG Re, a non-U.S. tax paying entity, the Company released a deferred tax liability related to differences between the book and tax carrying amounts of unearned premium reserves which resulted in a tax benefit. The total impact of all these items increased 2005 net income $3.7 million. FSA has released AGC from all liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. AG Re has assumed substantially all of AGC’s liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. FSA may receive a profit commission on the Ceded Business based on its future performance.

FSA has also reassumed from AG Re approximately $12.0 million of unearned premium reserves, net of ceding commissions, of healthcare related business with an approximate par value of $820.0 million.

13. Insurance Regulations

AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company and a subsidiary of the Company. Under Maryland’s 1993 revised insurance law, the amount of surplus available for distribution as dividends is subject to certain statutory provisions, which generally prohibit the payment of dividends in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount exceeding the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income (at the preceding December 31) without prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance. The amount available for distribution from the Company during 2006 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $25.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2005, AGC declared and paid $4.3 million in dividends to AGUS. During the year ended December 31, 2003, AGC paid $10.0 million in dividends to ACE Financial. There were no such dividends paid in 2004. Under Maryland insurance regulations, AGC is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000.

AG Re’s and AGRO’s dividend distribution are governed by Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, dividends may only be paid if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is, or would after the payment be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of its assets would thereby not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. Distributions to shareholders may also be paid out of statutory capital, but are subject to a 15% limitation without prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are further limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. Under these restrictions, the maximum allowable dividend payout by AG Re without prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority is $58.4 million as of December 31, 2005. During 2005, AG Re declared dividends of approximately $19.4 million and paid $38.4 million to its parent, Assured Guaranty Ltd. During 2004, AG Re declared dividends of approximately $32.0 million and paid $13.0 million to its parent, Assured Guaranty Ltd. During 2003, AG Re paid dividends of $25.0 million to its parent, ACE Bermuda.

AGC has committed to its rating agencies that it will not pay more than $10.0 million per year in dividends, without prior consultation.

122

AGMIC is a New York domiciled insurance company. Under the New York Insurance Law, AGMIC may declare or pay dividends only out of “earned surplus,” which is defined as that portion of the company’s surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of AGMIC’s statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of AGMIC’s adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. Any such dividend would be classified as an “extraordinary dividend”. There were no amounts available during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for the payment of dividends by AGMIC which would not be characterized as an extraordinary dividend. AGMIC did not declare or pay any dividends during 2005 and 2004.

14. Related Party Transactions

The following table summarizes the activity with ACE subsidiaries (“affiliated”) and non-affiliated entities for each line item where applicable in the income statements:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Net earned premiums
Non-affiliated:
Gross written premiums	$	252,100		$	192,366		$	337,034
Ceded written premiums	(2,556		)	(3,858		)	(1,787		)
Net written premiums	249,544			188,508			335,247
(Increase) decrease in net unearned premium reserves	(17,610		)	91,842			(20,394		)
Non-affiliated net earned premiums	231,934			280,350			314,853
Affiliated:
Gross written premiums	—			(1,495		)	12,202
Ceded written premiums	(32,222		)	(107,443		)	144,023
Net written premiums	(32,222		)	(108,938		)	156,225
(Increase) decrease in net unearned premium reserves	(986		)	16,452			(160,217		)
Affiliated net earned premiums	(33,208		)	(92,486		)	(3,992		)
Total	198,726			187,864			310,861
Net investment income	96,836			94,782			96,274
Net realized investment gains	2,248			11,989			5,483
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments
Non-affiliated	(3,516		)	47,276			103,633
Affiliated	—			5,184			(5,184		)
Total	(3,516		)	52,460			98,449
Other income	240			820			1,219
Total revenues	$	294,534		$	347,915		$	512,286

123

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Non-affiliated	$	(108,926	)	$	62,238		$	158,271
Affiliated	39,362			(94,217		)	(13,661		)
Total	(69,564		)	(31,979		)	144,610
Profit commission expense
Non-affiliated	13,125			15,799			10,174
Affiliated	(216		)	(258		)	(339		)
Total	12,909			15,541			9,835
Acquisition costs
Non-affiliated	46,853			56,780			62,906
Affiliated	(1,551		)	(5,916		)	1,994
Total	45,302			50,864			64,900
Other operating expenses	59,015			67,789			41,026
Interest expense	13,520			10,735			5,738
Other expense	3,731			1,645			—
Total expenses	64,913			114,595			266,109
Income before provision for income taxes	229,621			233,320			246,177
Total provision for income taxes	41,173			50,532			31,655
Net income	$	188,448		$	182,788		$	214,522

The following table summarizes the affiliated components of each balance sheet item, where applicable:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assets
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	$	3,106	$	4,403
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses	12,266		97,845
Premiums receivable	—		15,434
Other assets	1,401		86
Total affiliate assets	16,773		117,768
Non-affiliate assets	2,659,698		2,576,243
Total assets	$	2,676,471	$	2,694,011
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities
Unearned premium reserves	$	2,178	$	1,928
Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses	33		199
Funds held by Company under reinsurance agreements	19,186		50,768
Other liabilities	22,197		22,875
Total affiliate liabilities	43,594		75,770
Non-affiliate liabilities	971,364		1,090,629
Total liabilities	1,014,958		1,166,399
Total shareholders’ equity	1,661,513		1,527,612
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,676,471	$	2,694,011

124

The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated components of cash flows from operations:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Affiliated	$	(1,984	)	$	(1,449	)	$	23,762
Non-affiliated	177,791			(43,130		)	176,268
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	$	175,807		$	(44,579	)	$	200,030
Affiliated	$	—		$	39,784		$	—
Non-affiliated	(153,551		)	(17,518		)	(145,297		)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities	$	(153,551	)	$	22,266		$	(145,297	)
Affiliated	$	—		$	(200,000	)	$	(35,000	)
Non-affiliated	(31,937		)	206,094			—
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities	$	(31,937	)	$	6,094		$	(35,000	)

Reinsurance Agreements

In connection with the IPO, the Company has entered into the following reinsurance agreements with subsidiaries of ACE as follows:

· AGC and AGRO, effective April 1, 2004, entered into 100% quota share retrocession agreement with ACE American. ACE American reinsures both existing and new trade credit reinsurance business written by these entities. The aggregate premium paid under these agreements was approximately $35.4 million in respect of existing business.

· AGRO and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company entered into a 100% quota share retrocession agreement, effective April 1, 2004, under which AGRO retrocedes to ACE INA Overseas an auto residual value reinsurance transaction. The premium payable under this agreement was approximately $32.2 million.

In July 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance transaction with an affiliate of ACE which it fully ceded to ACE American. Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded premium of $2.7 million, and $6.0 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively . Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded losses of $12.6 million and $6.0 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively . There were no amounts assumed or ceded during 2005.

In September 2001, AGC entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda which was effective January 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid $52.5 million in premium, in two installments of $27.5 million and $25.0 million in September 2001 and March 2002, respectively, for a 10-year cover with a $150.0 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to AGC. This agreement was not replaced with a third party reinsurance contract. The Company ceded losses of $2.5 million in 2003, under this cover.

In December 2001, AG Re entered into a 25 year portfolio cover with a $5.0 million per risk deductible, a $50.0 million per risk limit and a $400.0 million aggregate limit with ACE Bermuda. In December 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $115.0 million and loss reserves of $16.9 million were returned to AG Re in January 2004. For 2003 the Company ceded losses of $11.9 million under this cover.

125

In March 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with an ACE affiliate, Westchester Fire Insurance Company, whereby the Company reinsured a portion of an auto residual value insurance contract. Losses and LAE incurred and premiums earned recorded at inception amounted to $84.8 million. The value of reinsurance business assumed recorded at the inception of the contract amounted to $31.5 million and represented the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the losses assumed under the retroactive reinsurance contract of $116.3 million and the cash received of $84.8 million. In 2003 the Company recorded amortization of the value of reinsurance business assumed in the amount of $6.1 million This agreement was commuted in connection with the IPO. See Note 1 for more information.

In 2001, AG Re and ACE Bermuda entered into a funding facility agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda agreed to purchase up to $150.0 million of non-investment grade fixed income securities selected by AG Re, and AG Re agreed to enter into a total rate of return swap in respect of each security purchased. The aggregate amount received by AG Re under this funding facility agreement, net of the funding fee paid by AG Re, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $4.8 million. All securities purchased pursuant to this agreement were sold and this agreement was terminated in connection with the IPO.

Expense Sharing Agreements

During the time the Company was a subsidiary of ACE, it was party to a number of service agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either the Company provided services to subsidiaries of ACE, or they provided services to the Company. Since the IPO, many of these service agreements have been terminated, though some still remain in place. A summary of the service agreements is summarized below:

ACE has historically provided certain general and administrative services to some of the Company’s subsidiaries, including AGC, AG Re and AGRO. Those services have included information technology (“IT”) related services, tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services, administrative services, including accounts payable, payroll, human resources and a liquidity facility line of credit. Expenses included in the Company’s financial statements related to these services were $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 the only services performed under this agreement are IT related and tax consulting and preparation services.

Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (“AG (UK)”) obtained staffing, payroll and related services from ACE INA Services (UK) Ltd. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company incurred $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in employee related expenses. Effective December 31, 2004 this arrangement has been terminated.

AGC provided a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning. The aggregate fees recorded under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $0.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively. As of the IPO, these agreements have been terminated.

AGC and AG Re were parties to an intercompany service agreement, effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management whereby ACE Asset Management provided investment services such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million, while in 2004 the Company recorded an immaterial expense under this intercompany service agreement. As of the IPO date, this agreement has been terminated.

126

Non-Cash Capital Contributions

During 2004 and 2003, ACE contributed capital of $78.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively to the Company. These were non-cash contributions. The capital contribution in 2004 was mainly comprised of $75.0 million of cumulative monthly income preferred shares transferred to ACE (see Note 17), $3.5 million of the accelerated vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares, and other items related to the formation transactions due to the IPO. In 2003, the $3.7 million capital contribution was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. All expenses are net of related income taxes. No such contribution occurred during 2005.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2005, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for office space are $2.7 million for each of the years 2006, 2007 and 2008, $1.2 million in 2009, $0.2 million in 2010 and none thereafter. These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was approximately $3.1 million, $3.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

On January 18, 2002, World Omni Financial Corp. (“World Omni”) filed an action against AG Intermediary Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc. , Case No. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO”) as a defendant. The dispute arose out of a quota share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company (“JCJ”), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO’s coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based upon AGRO’s refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni sought $157.0 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

On April 28, 2004 the Company entered into a quota share retrocession agreement with ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (“AIOIC”), a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with the above litigation for a premium of $32.2 million. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005 between AIOIC and World Omni. Upon settlement, the Company paid its $34.4 million funds held liability to AIOIC. Also in connection with the settlement the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverable and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, representing its entire obligation to World Omni.

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

127

insurance” and a broad group of other insurance and reinsurance agreements. Also in April, AGC, and numerous other insurers, received a subpoena from the Commissioner related to the “initial phase” of the Commissioner’s investigation into “finite-risk” transactions. The subpoena requests information on AGC’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts in force during 2004. AGC is cooperating with the Commissioner.

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these proceedings are uncertain, although recoveries in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company’s results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company’s facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the ceded business . Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

During 2005 the Company recovered $71.0 million relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was received in connection with the completion of two settlements. See Note 10 for further information.

16. Concentrations

The Company’s client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2005, 18.0% and 13.0% came from FSA and Ambac Assurance Corporation (“Ambac”), respectively, two of the four monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. In addition, 10.3% of the Company’s total gross premiums written came from CGA Group Ltd. (“CGA”). The entire amount related to CGA was retroceded to a subsidiary of ACE. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2004, 41.8%, 19.6% and 14.8% came from FSA, Ambac and Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Company (“MBIA”), respectively, three of the four monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2003, 25.3% and 10.8% came from FSA and MBIA, respectively. No other client represented more than 10% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

17. Long-Term Debt

T h e Company’s consolidated financial statements include long-term debt used to fund the Company’s insurance operations, and related interest expense, as described below.

128

Senior Notes

On May 18, 2004, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, issued $200.0 million of 7.0% Senior Notes due 2034 for net proceeds of $197.3 million. The proceeds of the offering were used to repay substantially all of a $200.0 million promissory note issued to a subsidiary of ACE in April 2004 as part of the IPO related formation transactions. The coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, however, the effective rate will be approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The Company recorded interest expense of $13.4 million and $8.4 million, including $0.6 million and $0.4 million of amortized gain on the cash flow hedge, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Other Long-Term Debt

As of December 31, 2003, the Company’s long-term debt included $75.0 million of cumulative monthly income preferred shares issued in 1994 through a former affiliate of the Company, Capital Re LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Turks and Caicos Islands. The amount paid to preferred shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $5.7 million and is shown on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income as interest expense. Upon completion of the IPO, Capital Re LLC and the obligation with respect to the $75.0 million cumulative monthly income preferred shares remained with ACE and the after-tax interest of $1.4 million was forgiven.

Credit Facilities

$300.0 million Credit Facility

On April 15, 2005, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million three-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the “$300.0 million credit facility”) with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. acted as lead arrangers and KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”) acted as syndication agent. Under the $300.0 million credit facility, each of AGC, AG (UK), a subsidiary of AGC organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower. The $300.0 million credit facility replaced (1) the $250.0 million credit facility and (2) the Letter of Credit Agreement, both discussed below.

The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

At the closing of the $300.0 million credit facility, (i) AGC guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under such facility and agreed that, if the Company Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit agreement) of AGC and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of AGC and AG (UK) under such facility and (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., as a Material Non-AGC Subsidiary (as defined in the related credit agreement), guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility. Subsequently, AG Re and AGRO, as Material Non-AGC Subsidiaries, both guaranteed the obligations of the other and of Assured Guaranty Ltd. under such facility.

129

fiscal quarter prior to the closing date of the facility and (y) maintain a ratio of aggregate net par outstanding to qualified statutory capital of not more than 150:1. Furthermore, the $300.0 million credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December31, 2005, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2005, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

$250.0 million Credit Facility

On April 29, 2004, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $250.0 million unsecured credit facility (“$250.0 million credit facility”) , with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. acted as co-arrangers. Each of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AGC and AG (UK), was a party, as borrower. The $250.0 million credit facility was terminated and replaced by the $300.0 million credit facility discussed above.

Letter of Credit Agreement

On November 8, 2004, Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO entered into a standby letter of credit agreement (the “LOC Agreement”) with KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”). Under the LOC Agreement, KeyBank agreed to issue up to $50.0 million in letters of credit on the Company’s behalf. The obligations of the Company, AG Re and AGRO under the LOC Agreement were joint and several. The letters of credit were used to satisfy AG Re’s or AGRO’s obligations under certain reinsurance agreements and for general corporate purposes. Under the LOC Agreement, KeyBank issued two letters of credit, both on behalf of AGRO, with an aggregate stated amount of approximately $20.7 million. The parties to the LOC Agreement have agreed that no additional letters of credit would be issued, extended or renewed from and after the date of the closing of the $300.0 million credit facility and letters of credit that were outstanding on such date will, unless cancelled and surrendered by the respective beneficiaries thereof, remain outstanding until their respective stated expiration dates of December 31, 2005. The LOC Agreement contains covenants that limit debt, liens, guaranties, loans and investments, dividends, liquidations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, sales of assets or subsidiaries and affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions were subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The LOC Agreement also contained financial covenants that required the Company: (i) to maintain the ratio of consolidated debt to total capitalization at not greater than 0.30 to 1.0; (ii) to maintain consolidated net worth of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of its consolidated net worth as of June 30, 2004; and (iii) to maintain the consolidated interest coverage ratio for any test period ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter at not less than 2.50 to 1.0. In addition, the LOC Agreement provided that the obligations of KeyBank to issue letters of credit may be terminated, and the Company’s obligations under the agreement may be accelerated, upon an event of default. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts were payable under any letter of credit issued under this facility. The LOC Agreement expired on April 28, 2005 and was replaced by the $300.0 million credit facility discussed above.

130

Non-Recourse Credit Facility

The Company’s failure to comply with certain covenants under the Company’s credit facilities could, subject to grace periods in the case of certain covenants, result in an event of default. This could require the Company to repay any outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

Committed Capital Securities

On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into four separate agreements with four different unaffiliated custodial trusts pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the custodial trusts to purchase up to $50.0 million of perpetual preferred stock of AGC. The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to AGC by allowing AGC to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option. If the put options were exercised, AGC would receive $200.0 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose including the payment of claims. The put options were not exercised during 2005. Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the “Pass-Through Trust”). The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s financial statements.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, AGC has incurred $3.7 million of fees associated with the committed capital securities consisting of $2.0 million of one-time investment banking fees incurred during Second Quarter 2005 and $1.7 million of put option premiums which are on-going. These expenses are presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense.

18. Shareholders’ Equity

General

The Company has an authorized share capital of $5.0 million divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which 75,000,000 common shares were issued and outstanding and beneficially owned by ACE prior to the IPO. On April 28, 2004, subsidiaries of ACE completed the IPO of 49,000,000 of their 75,000,000 common shares of Assured Guaranty Ltd., with the remaining 26,000,000 common shares beneficially owned by ACE. Additional common shares were issued to the Company’s officers and employees in connection with the IPO - see Note 19. Except as described below, the Company’s common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in the Company’s assets, if any remain after the payment of all the Company’s debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, the Company has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder at fair market value. All of the common shares are fully paid and

131

non-assessable. Holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to receive such dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Issuance of Shares

Subject to the Company’s Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, the Company’s Board of Directors has the power to issue any of the Company’s unissued shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.

The following table presents changes in the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from the IPO date through December 31, 2004.

	2005		2004
Beginning balance	75,678,792		—
Common stock issuance	25,667		75,000,000
Restricted stock issuance, net	277,388		1,000,392
Share activity under option and incentive plans, net	(204,214	)	—
Common stock repurchases	(1,016,056	)	(321,600	)
Ending balance	74,761,577		75,678,792

Since the Company was a subsidiary of ACE during 2003, management has determined that disclosing common stock related to that year would not be meaningful, as the Company was recapitalized due to the IPO.

Acquisition of Common Shares

Under the Company’s Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if the Company’s Board of Directors determines that any ownership of the Company’s shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of its shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as the Company’s Board of Directors considers de minimis), the Company has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to the Company or to a third party to whom the Company assigns the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors to represent the shares’ fair market value (as defined in the Company’s Bye-Laws). See also Note 19 for common shares held in trust.

Stock Repurchase Program

In April 2005, the Company completed a Board of Directors authorized stock repurchase program spending approximately $25.0 million to repurchase approximately 1.3 million shares of its Common Stock at an average price of $18.69.

Dividend Policy

During 2005 and 2004 the Company paid dividends of $9.0 million, or $0.12 per common share, and $4.6 million, or $0.06 per common share, respectively. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, and will depend upon the Company’s results of operations and cash flows, its financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors the Company’s Board of Directors deems relevant. During February 2006, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.035 per common share, payable on March 8, 2006 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 16, 2006. For more information concerning regulatory constraints that will affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends, see Note 13.

132

19. Employee Benefit Plans

Prior to the IPO, Assured Guaranty’s officers and employees participated in ACE’s long-term incentive plans providing options to purchase ACE ordinary shares and restricted share unit awards.

Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares granted to the Company’s officers or employees under the ACE employee long term incentive plans immediately vested and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares were forfeited. These officers and employees generally had 90 days from the date of the IPO to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares resulted in a pre-tax charge to the Company of approximately $3.5 million. Based upon a price of $42.79 per ACE ordinary share, the Company incurred a pre-tax charge of $7.8 million and contributed cash in the same amount to fund a trust, with a trustee, for the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of the Company’s officers and employees. These pre-tax charges took place during Second Quarter 2004 and are included in other operating expenses on the consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive income. The trust purchased common shares of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and allocated to each such individual common shares having the approximate value of the ACE ordinary shares forfeited by such individual. Based on the initial public offering price of $18.00 per common share, the trust purchased approximately 436,000 common shares. This transaction is reported in shareholders’ equity as treasury stock and unearned stock grant compensation. The common shares were delivered to each individual that was not employed, directly or indirectly, by any designated financial guaranty company on October 28, 2005, the 18-month anniversary of the IPO. (The forfeiture restriction was waived for one former employee of the Company.) The trustees did not have any beneficial interest in the trust. Since completion of the IPO, the Company’s officers and employees are no longer eligible to participate in ACE’s employee long-term incentive plans. In connection with these events, Assured Guaranty received $4.5 million from ACE, for the book value of unrestricted compensation, which it recorded in unearned stock grant compensation, which is included in shareholders’ equity.

As of April 27, 2004, the Company adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 7,500,000. In the event of certain transactions affecting the Company’s common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may be adjusted.

The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on the Company’s common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a participant’s previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become vested upon a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

The Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee of the Board serves as this committee except as otherwise determined by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan.

In connection with the IPO, awards of options and restricted common shares were made to the Company’s officers and employees. Each of the options will vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price of the options is $18.00, the public offering price of the IPO. Restricted common shares will vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period. Options to purchase an aggregate of 1,873,300 common shares and an

133

aggregate of 966,400 restricted common shares were issued in connection with the IPO. As of December 31, 2005, 3,764,626 common shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plan.

Options

Since the Company was a subsidiary of ACE during 2003, management has determined that disclosing amounts related to that year would not be meaningful, as the information determined under FAS 123 would be based on ACE’s ordinary shares. Following is a summary of Assured Guaranty Ltd. options issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	Year of Expiration		Average Exercise Price			Options for Common Shares
Balance as of December 31, 2003						—
Options granted		2014		$	17.88	2,011,800
Options exercised				—		—
Options forfeited				$	17.95	(217,400	)
Balance as of December 31, 2004						1,794,400
Options granted		2015		$	18.42	788,767
Options exercised				$	18.00	(4,136	)
Options forfeited				$	17.77	(121,729	)
Balance as of December 31, 2005						2,457,302

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices for outstanding options as of December 31, 2005:

	Options outstanding						Options exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Number	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$14.35 - $16.74	109,000		8.6		$	16.24	36,337		$	16.24
$16.74 - $19.13	2,280,302		8.3		$	18.01	546,364		$	18.00
$19.13 - $23.91	68,000		9.6		$	22.57	—		—
	2,457,302						582,701		$	17.89

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will begin recognizing compensation expense for options in accordance with FAS 123R. See Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for more information.

Restricted Stock Awards

Under the Company’s Incentive Plan 402,747 and 1,088,292 restricted common shares were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, to employees and non-employee directors of the Company. These shares vest at various dates through 2009.

134

The following table includes a roll-forward of unearned stock grant compensation:

	Unearned stock grant compensation
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Balance, December 31, 2003*		$	5,479
Settlement received from ACE		(4,506		)
Stock grants awarded in 2004		19,450
Stock grants forfeited in 2004		(1,988		)
Amortization in 2004		(3,856		)
Common shares purchased by trust		(7,850		)
Balance, December 31, 2004		6,729
Stock grants awarded in 2005		8,209
Stock grants forfeited in 2005		(1,613		)
Amortization in 2005		(6,419		)
Vesting of common shares held in trust		7,850
Balance, December 31, 2005		$	14,756

* Balance related to ACE restricted stock awards prior to the IPO

Defined Contribution Plan

Prior to the IPO, Assured Guaranty’s officers and employees participated in ACE’s long-term incentive plans. The Company’s officers and employees have been covered under additional benefit plans, including retirement programs providing 401(k) plan benefits, health and life insurance benefits; medical, dental and vision benefits for active employees; disability and life insurance protection; and severance. Prior to the IPO, these additional benefits had been provided to the Company’s employees and officers who work in the United States by plans maintained by AGC and to the Company’s employees and officers who work in Bermuda and the United Kingdom through plans maintained by ACE covering ACE employees in those locations. Since the completion of the IPO, the Company’s United States and Bermuda officers and employees generally have been covered by benefit plans established by the Company, although Bermuda officers and employees continued to be covered by ACE health and welfare plans until December 31, 2004. Employees located in the United Kingdom continued to participate in the ACE benefit plans in which they participated prior to the IPO until December 31, 2004 and now participate in plans maintained by the Company.

The Company maintains savings incentive plans, which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $14,000 for 2005. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant’s compensation, subject to IRS limitations. In addition, the Company may contribute an additional amount to eligible employees’ savings incentive plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For 2005, the Company made a discretionary contribution equal to 5% of the compensation of eligible participants, which discretionary contribution was made to a U.S. savings incentive plan up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. nonqualified plan. Participants generally vest in Company contributions at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the completion of one year of service. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company has amended the U.S. savings incentive plan. The amendments include matching employee contributions up to 6%, subject to IRS limitations, with an additional 6% contribution up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. supplemental executive retirement nonqualified plan, regardless if the employee contributes to the plan. In addition, employees will be fully vested after 1 year of service, as defined in the plan and plan eligibility is immediate upon hire.

135

In Bermuda the savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees upon their first date of employment. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $14,000 for 2005. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 6% of the participant’s compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Eligible participants also receive a Company contribution equal to 6% of the participant’s compensation, subject to IRS limitations, without requiring the participant to contribute to the plan. Participants generally vest in Company contributions upon the completion of one year of service. With respect to those employees who are Bermudian or spouses of Bermudians and who must participate in the Bermuda national pension scheme plan maintained by the Company, a portion of the foregoing contributions are made to the Bermuda national pension scheme plan. If employee or employer contributions in the Bermuda savings incentive plan are limited by the tax-qualification rules of Code section 401(a), then contributions in excess of those limits are allocated to a nonqualified plan. The Company may contribute an additional amount to eligible employees’ Bermuda nonqualified plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For the 2004 plan year, the Company made a discretionary contribution equal to 2% of the compensation of eligible participants to the Bermuda nonqualified plan. No such contribution was made for plan year 2005.

The Company contributed approximately $1.7 million in 2005, $1.7 million in 2004 and $1.3 million in 2003 in nondiscretionary contributions under all these plans. Total discretionary expense under all these plans amounted to approximately $0.9 million in 2005, $0.9 million in 2004 and $1.2 million in 2003.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In January 2005, the Company established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 423. The Stock Purchase Plan was approved by shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant’s compensation or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. The Company reserved for issuance and purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan 100,000 shares of its common stock. Employees purchased 19,488 shares for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will begin recognizing compensation expense for its employee stock purchase plan in accordance with FAS 123R. See Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for more information.

20. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)
Net income	$	188,448	$	182,788	$	214,522
Basic shares(1)	73,978		74,981		75,000
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock awards	509		13		—
Diluted shares(1)(2)	74,487		74,994		75,000
Basic EPS	$	2.55	$	2.44	$	2.86
Diluted EPS	$	2.53	$	2.44	$	2.86

(1) Since the shares held as treasury stock were required to be settled by delivery of employer stock, those shares are included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS.

(2) Based on shares outstanding immediately prior to the IPO.

136

21. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments. These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

Fixed Maturity Securities

The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 9 is based on quoted market prices.

Cash and Short-Term Investments

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Unearned Premium Reserves

The fair value of the Company’s unearned premium reserves is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions. This figure was determined by using the statutory basis unearned premium reserves, net of deferred acquisition costs.

Long-Term Debt

The fair value of the Company’s $200 million of Senior Notes is determined by calculating the midpoint of quoted bid/ask prices over the U.S. Treasury yield at the year-end date and the appropriate credit spread for the similar debt instruments.

Financial Guaranty Installment Premiums

The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

	As of December 31, 2005				As of December 31, 2004
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities	$	2,133,997	$	2,133,997	$	1,965,051	$	1,965,051
Cash and short-term investments	122,016		122,016		192,815		192,815
Liabilities:
Unearned premium reserves	537,149		494,530		521,271		453,040
Long-term debt	197,344		223,080		197,356		220,980
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:
Financial guaranty installment premiums	—		427,954		—		399,879

22. Segment Reporting

The Company has four principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and could take the form of a credit derivative; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage

137

guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; and (4) other, which includes several lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

The Company does not segregate assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates operating expenses to each segment based on a comprehensive cost study. During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive cost study. The prior allocation was based on segment net earned premium. Basing the allocation on earned premium for 2005 and 2004 would have caused the financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty segments to receive a disproportionate amount of the expenses. 2004 amounts have been adjusted to reflect this new allocation. The earned premium allocation methodology was kept for 2003, as the current business strategy of focusing on direct business was not in place in 2003 and thus the net earned premium allocation methodology allocated an appropriate amount of operating expense to the segments. The other segment received proportional share of operating expenses up to the IPO date. From the IPO date, the other segment was not allocated operating expenses. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment’s financial performance.

The following table summarizes the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

	Year Ended December 31, 2005
	Financial Guaranty Direct				Financial Guaranty Reinsurance				Mortgage Guaranty					Other				Total
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums		$	96.2			$	98.0			$	25.7		$		32.2		$		252.1
Net written premiums		93.9				97.7				25.7			—				217.3
Net earned premiums		74.5				105.6				18.6			—				198.7
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		(2.2		)		(61.3		)		(3.7		)	(2.4			)	(69.6			)
Profit commission expense		—				4.8				8.0			—				12.9
Acquisition costs		6.3				36.9				2.0			—				45.3
Other operating expenses		36.9				19.5				2.7			—				59.0
Underwriting gain		$	33.5			$	105.7			$	9.6		$		2.4		$		151.1

	Year Ended December 31, 2004
	Financial Guaranty Direct			Financial Guaranty Reinsurance			Mortgage Guaranty					Other			Total
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums		$	80.8		$	160.3		$	24.4		$		(74.6	)		$	190.9
Net written premiums		77.7			160.1			24.4			(182.5			)		79.6
Net earned premiums		88.8			114.4			33.7			(48.9			)		187.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		14.8			15.4			(11.9		)	(50.3			)		(32.0		)
Profit commission expense		—			1.1			14.1			0.3					15.5
Acquisition costs		4.5			38.8			3.7			3.9					50.9
Other operating expenses(1)		31.7			17.4			3.8			3.9					56.5
Underwriting gain (loss)		$	37.7		$	41.7		$	24.0		$		(6.7	)		$	97.0

(1) Excludes $11.3 million of operating expenses, included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, related to the accelerated vesting of stock awards at the IPO date.

138

	Year Ended December 31, 2003
	Financial Guaranty Direct			Financial Guaranty Reinsurance			Mortgage Guaranty				Other			Total
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums		$	71.1		$	163.1		$	24.4		$	90.6		$	349.2
Net written premiums		70.0			162.1			24.4			235.0			491.5
Net earned premiums		70.2			92.9			27.6			120.2			310.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		16.3			25.7			(0.7		)	103.3			144.6
Profit commission expense		—			1.5			7.3			1.0			9.8
Acquisition costs		2.2			33.6			4.1			25.0			64.9
Other operating expenses		8.9			12.0			4.2			15.9			41.0
Underwriting gain (loss)		$	42.8		$	20.1		$	12.7		$	(25.0	)	$	50.6

The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

	December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Total underwriting gain	$	151.1		$	97.0		$	50.6
Net investment income	96.8			94.8			96.3
Net realized investment gains	2.2			12.0			5.5
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(3.5		)	52.5			98.4
Other income	0.2			0.8			1.2
Accelerated vesting of stock awards	—			(11.3		)	—
Interest expense	(13.5		)	(10.7		)	(5.7		)
Other expense	(3.7		)	(1.6		)	—
Income before provision for income taxes	$	229.6		$	233.3		$	246.2

The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company’s four reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Financial guaranty direct:
Public finance	$	2.7	$	0.1		$	—
Structured finance	71.8		88.7			70.2
Total	74.5		88.8			70.2
Financial guaranty reinsurance:
Public finance	57.0		57.7			52.9
Structured finance	48.6		56.7			40.0
Total	105.6		114.4			92.9
Mortgage guaranty:
Mortgage guaranty	18.6		33.7			27.6
Other:
Equity layer credit protection	—		5.4			$	61.8
Trade credit reinsurance	—		(25.3		)	51.2
Title reinsurance	—		3.2			10.7
Auto residual value reinsurance	—		(32.2		)	4.2
Affiliate reinsurance	—		—			(7.7		)
Total	—		(48.9		)	120.2
Total net earned premiums	$	198.7	$	187.9		$	310.9

139

The following table provides underwriting gain (loss) by line of business for the other segment.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Underwriting gain/(loss):
Equity layer credit protection	$	2.4	$	3.1		$	(1.0	)
Trade credit reinsurance	—		(2.9		)	(3.3		)
Title reinsurance	—		1.0			6.8
Life accident and health reinsurance	—		—			(0.6		)
Auto residual value reinsurance	—		(7.9		)	(35.1		)
Affiliate reinsurance	—		—			8.2
Total	$	2.4	$	(6.7	)	$	(25.0	)

The following table summarizes the Company’s gross written premiums by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
North America	$	212.0	84.1	%	$	134.6	70.5	%	$	283.4	81.1	%
United Kingdom	22.2		8.8	%	19.8		10.4	%	24.0		6.9	%
Europe	13.2		5.2	%	24.5		12.8	%	36.7		10.5	%
Australia	3.5		1.4	%	6.5		3.4	%	3.2		0.9	%
Other	1.2		0.5	%	5.5		2.9	%	1.9		0.6	%
Total	$	252.1	100.0	%	$	190.9	100.0	%	$	349.2	100.0	%

140

23. Subsidiary Information

The following tables present the condensed consolidated financial information for Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., of which AGC is a subsidiary and AG Re and other subsidiaries of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)			Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.			AG Re and Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
*Assets*
Total investments and cash		$	163		$	1,116,387	$	1,139,463		$	—			$	2,256,013
Investment in subsidiaries		1,665,392			—		—			(1,665,392		)		—
Deferred acquisition costs		—			73,803		119,639			—				193,442
Reinsurance recoverable		—			11,410		4,108			(3,168		)		12,350
Goodwill		—			85,417		—			—				85,417
Premiums receivable		—			17,168		17,278			(1,435		)		33,011
Other		1,172			97,759		23,921			(26,614		)		96,238
Total assets		$	1,666,727		$	1,401,944	$	1,304,409		$	(1,696,609	)		$	2,676,471
*Liabilities and shareholders’ equity*
Li abilities
Unearned premium reserves		$	—		$	196,435	$	362,273		$	(21,559	)		$	537,149
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses		—			63,491		60,896			(3,168		)		121,219
Profit commissions payable		—			4,237		48,756			—				52,993
Deferred income taxes		—			35,997		(9,368		)	—				26,629
Long-term debt		—			197,344		—			—				197,344
Other		5,214			45,932		34,968			(6,490		)		79,624
Total liabilities		5,214			543,436		497,525			(31,217		)		1,014,958
Total shareholders’ equity		1,661,513			858,508		806,884			(1,665,392		)		1,661,513
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$	1,666,727		$	1,401,944	$	1,304,409		$	(1,696,609	)		$	2,676,471

141

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)			Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.			AG Re and Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
*Assets*
Total investments and cash		$	75		$	1,263,906	$	893,885		$	—			$	2,157,866
Investment in subsidiaries		1,511,778			—		—			(1,511,778		)		—
Deferred acquisition costs		—			140,333		46,021			—				186,354
Reinsurance recoverable		—			36,379		88,418			(4,577		)		120,220
Goodwill		—			85,417		—			—				85,417
Premiums receivable		—			36,407		56,938			(52,518		)		40,827
Other		19,630			106,350		46,109			(68,762		)		103,327
Total assets		$	1,531,483		$	1,668,792	$	1,131,371		$	(1,637,635	)		$	2,694,011
*Liabilities and shareholders’ equity*
Li abilities
Unearned premium reserves		$	—		$	369,320	$	195,545		$	(43,594	)		$	521,271
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses		—			118,403		112,312			(4,212		)		226,503
Profit commissions payable		—			4,181		57,490			—				61,671
Deferred income taxes		—			57,924		(17,871		)	—				40,053
Long-term debt		—			197,356		—			—				197,356
Other		3,871			103,795		89,930			(78,051		)		119,545
Total liabilities		3,871			850,979		437,406			(125,857		)		1,166,399
Total shareholders’ equity		1,527,612			817,813		693,965			(1,511,778		)		1,527,612
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$	1,531,483		$	1,668,792	$	1,131,371		$	(1,637,635	)		$	2,694,011

142

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)			Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.				AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments*				Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
*Revenues*
Net premiums written		$	—		$	94,480			$	122,842			$	—			$	217,322
Net premiums earned		—			106,116				92,610				—				198,726
Net investment income		2			51,512				45,379				(57		)		96,836
Net realized investment gains		—			733				1,643				(128		)		2,248
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments		—			(1,042		)		(2,474		)		—				(3,516		)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		202,137			—				—				(202,137		)		—
Other revenues		—			—				240				—				240
Total revenues		202,139			157,319				137,398				(202,322		)		294,534
*Expenses*
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		—			(1,374		)		(68,190		)		—				(69,564		)
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses		13,623			62,372				39,699				1,532				117,226
Other		68			17,147				36				—				17,251
Total expenses		13,691			78,145				(28,455		)		1,532				64,913
Income before provision for income taxes		188,448			79,174				165,853				(203,854		)		229,621
Total provision for income taxes		—			17,030				29,841				(5,698		)		41,173
Net income		$	188,448		$	62,144			$	136,012			$	(198,156	)		$	188,448

* Due to the accounting for subsidiaries under common control, net income in the consolidating adjustment column will not equal parent company equity in earnings of subsidiaries, due to the FSA agreement discussed in Note 12.

143

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)				Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.			AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments				Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
*Revenues*
Net premiums written		$	—			$	61,732		$	17,838			$	—			$	79,570
Net premiums earned		—				123,838			64,026				—				187,864
Net investment income		—				52,332			42,450				—				94,782
Net realized investment gains		—				973			11,016				—				11,989
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments		—				50,313			2,147				—				52,460
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		198,208				—			—				(198,208		)		—
Other revenues		—				266			554				—				820
Total revenues		198,208				227,722			120,193				(198,208		)		347,915
*Expenses*
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		—				403			(32,382		)		—				(31,979		)
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses		14,020				80,302			39,872				—				134,194
Other		2,152				10,228			—				—				12,380
Total expenses		16,172				90,933			7,490				—				114,595
Income before provision for income taxes		182,036				136,789			112,703				(198,208		)		233,320
Total provision for income taxes		(752		)		40,538			10,746				—				50,532
Net income		$	182,788			$	96,251		$	101,957			$	(198,208	)		$	182,788

144

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)			Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.			AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments				Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
*Revenues*
Net premiums written		$	—		$	258,548		$	232,924			$	—			$	491,472
Net premiums earned		—			177,400			133,461				—				310,861
Net investment income		—			47,229			49,045				—				96,274
Net realized investment gains		—			2,092			3,391				—				5,483
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments		—			48,905			55,572				(6,028		)		98,449
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		—			—			—				—				—
Other revenues		—			949			2,291				(2,021		)		1,219
Total revenues		—			276,575			243,760				(8,049		)		512,286
*Expenses*
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		—			55,054			89,556				—				144,610
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses		—			72,197			45,652				(2,088		)		115,761
Other		—			—			—				5,738				5,738
Total expenses		—			127,251			135,208				3,650				266,109
Income before provision for income taxes		—			149,324			108,552				(11,699		)		246,177
Total provision for income taxes		—			43,143			(7,241		)		(4,247		)		31,655
Net income		$	—		$	106,181		$	115,793			$	(7,452	)		$	214,522

145

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)				Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.				AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities		$	32,025			$	(24,680	)		$	168,462			$	—		$	175,807
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases		—				(349,778		)		(607,025		)		—			(956,803		)
Sales		—				349,258				379,308				—			728,566
Maturities		—				9,675				5,000				—			14,675
Other		(88		)		6,568				53,531				—			60,011
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities		(88		)		15,723				(169,186		)		—			(153,551		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchases of common stock		(19,014		)		—				—				—			(19,014		)
Dividends paid		(9,012		)		—				—				—			(9,012		)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan		356				—				—				—			356
Share activity under option and incentive plans		(4,267		)		—				—				—			(4,267		)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(31,937		)		—				—				—			(31,937		)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—				(216		)		(891		)					(1,107		)
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—				(9,173		)		(1,615		)		—			(10,788		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		—				12,096				4,882				—			16,978
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	—			$	2,923			$	3,267			$	—		$	6,190

146

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)				Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.				AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities		$	10,619			$	52,231			$	(107,429	)		$	—		$	(44,579	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases		—				(216,681		)		(556,964		)		—			(773,645		)
Sales		—				145,594				634,716				—			780,310
Maturities		—				7,457				8,200				—			15,657
Other		(75		)		(15,717		)		15,736				—			(56		)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities		(75		)		(79,347		)		101,688				—			22,266
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchases of common stock		(5,986		)		—				—				—			(5,986		)
Dividends paid		(4,558		)		—				—				—			(4,558		)
Net proceeds from issuance of senior notes		—				197,300				—				—			197,300
Repayment of note payable		—				(200,000		)		—				—			(200,000		)
Proceeds from cash flow hedge		—				19,338				—				—			19,338
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities		(10,544		)		16,638				—				—			6,094
Effect of exchange rate changes		—				499				333				—			832
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—				(9,979		)		(5,408		)		—			(15,387		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		—				22,075				10,290				—			32,365
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	—			$	12,096			$	4,882			$	—		$	16,978

147

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)			Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.				AG Re and Other Subsidiaries				Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		$	—		$	176,821			$	23,209			$	—		$	200,030
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases		—			(408,660		)		(494,275		)		—			(902,935		)
Sales		—			240,401				379,186				—			619,587
Maturities		—			3,000				124,532				—			127,532
Other		—			6,273				4,246				—			10,519
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities		—			(158,986		)		13,689				—			(145,297		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid		—			(10,000		)		(25,000		)		—			(35,000		)
Other		—			—				—				—			—
Net cash flows used in financing activities		—			(10,000		)		(25,000		)		—			(35,000		)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			3,187				—				—			3,187
Increase in cash and cash equivalents		—			11,022				11,898				—			22,920
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		—			3,046				6,399				—			9,445
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	—		$	14,068			$	18,297			$	—		$	32,365

24. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The Company’s cash paid during the periods presented for federal income taxes and interest, and non-cash financing activities were as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Cash paid during the year for:
Federal income tax	$	40,014	$	18,968	$	15,091
Interest	14,000		7,722		5,738
Non-cash financing activities:
Section 338(h)(10) tax election	$	—	$	28,124	$	—
Transfer of debt	—		75,000		—
Notes assumed during formation transactions	—		2,000		—

148

25. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

A summary of selected quarterly statement of operations information follows:

(in thousands, except per share data) 2005	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Gross written premiums	$	78,097		$	40,470		$	75,567		$	57,966
Net written premiums	76,469			30,156			53,230			57,467
Net earned premiums	48,090			48,264			54,545			47,827
Net investment income	23,132			23,668			24,378			25,658
Net realized investment gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments	4,863			(10,836		)	464			4,241
All other income (expense)	283			(190		)	147			—
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(9,396		)	(59,133		)	(790		)	(245		)
Income before provision for income taxes	56,757			84,596			46,259			42,009
Net income	44,348			66,750			39,185			38,165
Earnings per share(3):
Basic(1)	$	0.60		$	0.90		$	0.53		$	0.52
Diluted(1)	$	0.59		$	0.90		$	0.53		$	0.51
Dividends per share	$	0.03		$	0.03		$	0.03		$	0.03

2004	First			Second			Third		Fourth
Gross written premiums	$	(1,544	)	$	64,355		$	62,227	$	65,832
Net written premiums	(6,871		)	(29,943		)	54,981		61,402
Net earned premiums	86,667			(9,330		)	53,380		57,148
Net investment income	24,385			23,456			23,203		23,737
Net realized investment gains and unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	8,531			23,340			14,188		18,389
All other income	532			14			15		260
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	23,668			(60,008		)	4,187		175
Income before provision for income taxes	62,153			55,050			53,935		62,182
Net income	46,893			43,116			44,511		48,267
Earnings per share(3):
Basic(1)(2)	$	0.63		$	0.57		$	0.59	$	0.64
Diluted(1)(2)	$	0.63		$	0.57		$	0.59	$	0.64
Dividends per share	$	—		$	—		$	0.03	$	0.03

(1) Since the shares held as treasury stock were required to be settled by delivery of employer stock, those shares are included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS.

(2) Basic and diluted EPS for the first quarter 2004 are based on shares outstanding immediately prior to the IPO.

(3) Per share amounts for the quarters and the full years have each been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts may not add to the annual amounts because of differences in the average common shares outstanding during each period and, with regard to diluted per share amounts only, because of the inclusion of the effect of potentially dilutive securities only in the periods in which such effect would have been dilutive .

149

26. Exposure to Hurricane Katrina

The Company’s net par outstanding on public finance exposures in counties designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency for both individual and public assistance in the states of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama totals $220.6 million, and of that amount $142.3 million is in Greater New Orleans (comprised of Orleans, St. Bernard and Jefferson parishes). Over 96% of that exposure comes through the Company’s reinsurance segment. As of December 31, 2005 the Company has recorded $1.3 million in portfolio reserves, but has not recorded any case reserves for this event, as no case reserves have been reported to the Company by any of its ceding company clients. In addition, only five claims have been paid, in the amount of $0.1 million, all of which were fully recovered. The Company has added 4 credits with net par outstanding of $44.8 million to Category 1 of its Closely Monitored Credits (“CMC”) list and 7 credits with net par outstanding of $80.6 million to Category 2 of the CMC list related to Hurricane Katrina. Nonetheless, significant uncertainty exists with regard to both the probability of defaults occurring and the loss severities that will apply to any defaults that do occur. The Company’s surveillance department is actively monitoring specific exposures in coordination with its reinsurance clients and will continue to assess the impact of Hurricane Katrina on the credit quality of the Company’s portfolio.

150

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s management, with the participation of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by Assured Guaranty Ltd. (including its consolidated subsidiaries) in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act. The Company’s management report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data as is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s attestation.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

For purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, on February 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved objective performance goals for 2006 under the Long-Term Incentive Plan of net income, as adjusted. After completion of the applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine the extent to which the performance goals have been achieved and the amounts to be paid under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Executive Officers of the Company

The table below sets forth the names, ages, positions and business experience of the executive officers of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Name	Age		Position(s)
Dominic J. Frederico		53	President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman
Michael J. Schozer		48	President of Assured Guaranty Corp.
Robert B. Mills		56	Chief Financial Officer
James M. Michener		53	General Counsel and Secretary
Robert A. Bailenson		39	Chief Accounting Officer

Dominic J. Frederico has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Frederico served as Vice Chairman of ACE from June 2003 until April 2004 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. (“ACE INA”) from November 1999 to June 2003. Mr. Frederico was a director of ACE since 2001, but retired from that board when his term expired on May 26, 2005. Mr. Frederico has also served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE INA from May 1999 through November 1999. Mr. Frederico previously served as President of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (“ACE Bermuda”) from July 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Underwriting from December 1996 to July 1997, and as

151

Executive Vice President, Financial Lines from January 1995 to December 1996. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years working for various subsidiaries of American International Group (“AIG”). Mr. Frederico completed his employment at AIG after serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIG Risk Management. Before that, Mr. Frederico was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UNAT, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG headquartered in Paris, France.

Michael J. Schozer has been President of Assured Guaranty Corp. since December 2003. Mr. Schozer was Managing Director—Structured Finance and Credit Derivatives of Ambac Assurance Corporation from 1996 to December 2003 where he was also a member of Ambac’s senior credit committee.

Robert B. Mills has been Chief Financial Officer of Assured Guaranty since January 2004. Mr. Mills was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer—Americas of UBS AG and UBS Investment Bank from April 1994 to January 2004 where he was also a member of the Investment Bank Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Mills was with KPMG from 1971 to 1994 where his responsibilities included being partner-in-charge of the Investment Banking and Capital Markets practice.

James M. Michener has been General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty since February 2004. Mr. Michener was General Counsel and Secretary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from January 2002 to February 2004. From April 2001 to January 2002, Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroup’s Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroup’s Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was General Counsel of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001 and General Counsel of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from May 1996 to April 2000.

Robert A. Bailenson was appointed Chief Accounting Officer of Assured Guaranty in May 2005 and has been with Assured Guaranty and its predecessor companies since 1990. In addition to this position, Mr. Bailenson serves as the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company’s subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Corp; a position he has held since 2003. He was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. from 1999 until 2003 and was previously the Assistant Controller of Capital Re Corp., which was acquired by ACE Limited in 1999.

Information pertaining to our Directors is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Election of Directors—Nominees for Election for Terms Expiring in 2008”, “Election of Directors—Directors Whose Terms of Office Will Continue After This Meeting”, “Election of Directors—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting compliance” and “Elections of Directors—Meetings and Committees of the Board—Audit Committee” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which involves the election of directors and will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

Code of Conduct

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct, which sets forth standards by which all Assured Guaranty Ltd. employees, officers and directors must abide as they work for the Company. The Company has posted this Code of Conduct on its internet site (www.assuredguaranty.com, under Investor Information / Corporate Governance / Code of Conduct). The Company intends to disclose on its internet site any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC or the NYSE.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Executive Compensation” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

152

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2005:

	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights			Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights				Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Plan category	(a)			(b)				(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		2,457,302	(1)		$		18.05		3,845,138	(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		N/A			N/A				N/A
Total		2,457,302			$	18.05			3,845,138

(1) Includes common shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options granted under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

(2) Includes 80,512 common shares reserved for issuance under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 3,764,626 common shares available for future stock options granted, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units reserved for future issuance under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The grants of restricted stock units have been deducted from the number of shares available for future issuance.

Additional information is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Election of Directors—Certain Business Relationships” of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

This item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in the section entitled “Independent Auditor Fee Information”, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

153

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have been included in Item 8 hereof:

	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004
	Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statement schedules are filed as part of this report:

	Schedule				Title
	II				Condensed Financial Information of Registrant ( Parent Company Only )
	III				Supplementary Insurance Information
	IV				Reinsurance
	V				Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The report of the Registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the above listed financial statement schedules is included with the schedules.

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
3.1		Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
3.2		Bye-laws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
4.1		Specimen Common Share Certificate (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
4.2		Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant (See exhibit 3.1)
4.3		Bye-laws of the Registrant (See exhibit 3.2)

154

10.1		Employment Agreement between Dominic J. Frederico and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.2		Employment Agreement between Robert B. Mills and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.3		Employment Agreement between Michael J. Schozer and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.4		Employment Agreement between James M. Michener and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.5		Pierre Samson Separation Agreement*
10.6		Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)*
10.7		Master Separation Agreement dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Limited, ACE Financial Services Inc. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.8		Transition Services Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, between the Company and ACE Limited (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.9		Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Limited and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.11		Tax Allocation Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Financial Services Inc., ACE Prime Holdings, Inc., Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp., AGR Financial Products Inc. and ACE Risk Assurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.12		Credit Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, as Agent, as amended (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.13		Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2004, among, Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., the banks party thereto, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.14		Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.15		Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.31 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.16		Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))

155

10.17		Retrocessional Memorandum between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.18		Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and JCJ Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.19		Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.37 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.20		Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.38 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.21		Assignment and Indemnification Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.41 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.22		UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.45 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.23		Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.49 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.24		Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE Tempest Re USA, Inc. for and on behalf of ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.25		Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE Tempest Re USA, Inc. for and on behalf of ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.26		Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.27		Commutation and Release Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Westchester Fire Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.28		Assignment and Termination Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.18 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.29		Assignment Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., ACE European Markets Insurance Limited and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)

156

10.30		Assignment Agreement, dated April 15, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.31		Directors Compensation Summary
10.32		Summary of Annual Compensation
10.33		Standby letter of credit agreement between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and Keybank National Association (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004)
10.34		Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
10.35		Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
10.36		Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan *
10.37		Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan *
10.38		Restricted Stock Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan *
10.39		Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan *
10.40		Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.40 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.41		Letter Agreement between Robin Conner and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.41 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.42		Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers and directors*
10.43		Robert A. Bailenson Employment Letter*
10.44		$300,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.45		Put Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Woodbourne Capital Trust [I][II][III][IV] (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.46		Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.47		Assured Guaranty Corp. Articles Supplementary Classifying and Designating Series of Preferred Stock as Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.48		Assured Guaranty Corp. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Highlights Booklet 2006 Plan Year (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2005)*

157

10.49		Assured Guaranty Ltd. Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, as amended through the second amendment (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2005)*
10.50		Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan*
14.1		Code of Conduct (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
21.1		Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1		Accountants Consent
31.1		Certification of CEO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2		Certification of CFO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1		Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2		Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1		Assured Guaranty Corp. 2005 Consolidated Financial Statements

* Management contract or compensatory plan

158

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .

	ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.


	By:	/s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO
		Name:	Dominic J. Frederico
		Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 1, 2006

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated .

	Name		Position		Date


/s/ WALTER A. SCOTT		Chairman of the Board; Director		March 1, 2006
Walter A. Scott

/s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO		President and Chief Executive		March 1, 2006
Dominic J. Frederico		Officer; Director

/s/ ROBERT B. MILLS		Chief Financial Officer (Principal		March 1, 2006
Robert B. Mills		Financial and Duly Authorized Officer)

/s/ NEIL BARON		Director		March 1, 2006
Neil Baron

/s/ G. LAWRENCE BUHL		Director		March 1, 2006
G. Lawrence Buhl

/s/ STEPHEN A. COZEN		Director		March 1, 2006
Stephen A. Cozen

/s/ JOHN G. HEIMANN		Director		March 1, 2006
John G. Heimann

/s/ PATRICK W. KENNY		Director		March 1, 2006
Patrick W. Kenny

/s/ ROBIN MONRO-DAVIES		Director		March 1, 2006
Robin Monro-Davies

/s/ MICHAEL O’KANE		Director		March 1, 2006
Michael O’Kane

159

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on
Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated March 1, 2006 appearing in the 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd. on Form 10-K also included an audit of the financial statement schedules listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, NY
March 1, 2006

160

Schedule II
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	As of December 31,
	2005			2004
Assets
Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates on equity basis	$	1,665,392		$	1,511,778
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value	163			75
Other assets	1,172			19,630
Total assets	$	1,666,727		$	1,531,483
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities
Other liabilities	$	5,214		$	3,871
Total liabilities	5,214			3,871
Shareholders’ equity
Common stock	748			757
Treasury stock	—			(7,850		)
Additional paid-in capital	881,998			894,219
Unearned stock grant compensation	(14,756		)	(6,729		)
Retained earnings	747,691			568,255
Accumulated other comprehensive income	45,832			78,960
Total shareholders’ equity	1,661,513			1,527,612
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,666,727		$	1,531,483

161

Schedule II
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the period
from August 21, 2003 (date of incorporation) through December 31, 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	2005		2004			2003
Revenues
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries	$	202,137	$	198,208			$	—
Net investment income	2		—				—
Total revenues	202,139		198,208				—
Expenses
Other operating expenses	13,623		14,020				—
Interest expense	68		2,152				—
Total expenses	13,691		16,172				—
Income before benefit for income taxes	188,448		182,036				—
Total benefit for income taxes	—		(752		)		—
Net income	$	188,448	$	182,788			$	—

162

Schedule II

Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the period
from August 21, 2003 (date of incorporation) through December 31, 2003
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	2005			2004			2003
Net cash flows provided by operating activities	$	32,025		$	10,619		$	—
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of short-term investments, net	(88		)	(75		)	—
Net cash flows used in investing activities	(88		)	(75		)	—
Financing activities
Repurchases of common stock	(19,014		)	(5,986		)	—
Dividends paid	(9,012		)	(4,558		)	—
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan	356			—			—
Share activity under option and incentive plans	(4,267		)	—			—
Net cash flows used in financing activities	(31,937		)	(10,544		)	—
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			—
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	—

163

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1)

	DAC		UPR		Loss reserves			Premiums written			Premiums earned			Loss and loss adjustment Expenses				Net Investment Income			Acquisition Costs			Other Operating Expenses(2)(3)
	As of December 31, 2005							For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
Financial guaranty direct	$	6.6	$	42.4		$	13.1		$	96.2		$	74.5		$	(2.2	)		$	7.6		$	6.3		$	36.9
Financial guaranty reinsurance	177.3		439.5			86.3			98.0			105.6			(61.3		)		80.4			36.9			19.5
Mortgage guaranty	8.9		52.1			7.0			25.7			18.6			(3.7		)		8.8			2.0			2.7
Other	0.6		3.1			14.8			32.2			—			(2.4		)		—			—			—
Total	$	193.4	$	537.1		$	121.2		$	252.1		$	198.7		$	(69.6	)		$	96.8		$	45.3		$	59.0

	As of December 31, 2004						For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
Financial guaranty direct	$	12.8	$	23.6	$	19.9	$	80.8		$	88.8		$	14.8		$	7.8	$	4.5	$	31.7
Financial guaranty reinsurance	163.7		447.9		78.8		160.3			114.4			15.4			76.7		38.8		17.4
Mortgage guaranty	8.8		45.4		11.2		24.4			33.7			(11.9		)	10.3		3.7		3.8
Other	1.1		4.4		116.6		(74.6		)	(48.9		)	(50.3		)	—		3.9		3.9
Total	$	186.4	$	521.3	$	226.5	$	190.9		$	187.9		$	(32.0	)	$	94.8	$	50.9	$	56.5

	As of December 31, 2003						For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
Financial guaranty direct	$	1.2	$	29.5	$	29.9	$	71.1	$	70.2	$	16.3		$	11.8	$	2.2	$	8.9
Financial guaranty reinsurance	157.3		407.7		72.8		163.1		92.9		25.7			44.1		33.6		12.0
Mortgage guaranty	6.4		55.1		24.1		24.4		27.6		(0.7		)	11.4		4.1		4.2
Other	13.8		133.1		395.7		90.6		120.2		103.3			29.0		25.0		15.9
Total	$	178.7	$	625.4	$	522.6	$	349.2	$	310.9	$	144.6		$	96.3	$	64.9	$	41.0

(1) Some amounts may not foot due to rounding.

(2) During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO.

(3) 2004 total excludes $11.3 million of operating expenses, included in other operating expenses on the consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive income, related to the accelerated vesting of stock awards at the IPO date.

164

Schedule IV—Reinsurance

Net Earned Premiums (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
Type of Business:	Direct		Ceded		Assumed			Net		Percentage of assumed to net
Financial guaranty	$	77.3	$	3.6		$	106.4	$	180.1		59.1	%
Mortgage guaranty	—		0.4			19.0		18.6			102.2	%
Life	—		3.3			3.3		—			NMF
Other	—		30.2			30.2		—			NMF
	$	77.3	$	37.5		$	158.9	$	198.7		80.0	%

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
Financial guaranty	$	96.2	$	5.8	$	118.6	$	209.1		56.7	%
Mortgage guaranty	—		0.4		34.1		33.7			101.2	%
Title	—		0.6		3.8		3.2			118.8	%
Life	—		3.4		3.4		—			NMF
Other	—		96.9		38.8		(58.1		)	NMF
	$	96.2	$	107.1	$	198.7	$	187.9		105.7	%

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
Financial guaranty	$	133.8	$	9.8	$	100.8	$	224.8		44.8	%
Mortgage guaranty	—		0.4		28.0		27.6			101.4	%
Title	—		0.3		11.0		10.7			102.8	%
Life	—		4.5		4.4		(0.1		)	NMF
Other	0.1		11.3		59.1		47.9			123.4	%
	$	133.9	$	26.3	$	203.3	$	310.9		65.4	%

(1) Some amounts may not foot due to rounding.

NMF = Not meaningful

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

		Balance at beginning of year			Charged to Expense/Deduction				Balance at end of year
2005	Tax valuation allowance		$	7.0		$	—			$	7.0
	Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance		21.1			(21.1		)(1)		—
	Total		$	28.1		$	(21.1	)		$	7.0
2004	Tax valuation allowance		$	7.0		$	—			$	7.0
	Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance		21.1			—				21.1
	Total		$	28.1		$	—			$	28.1
2003	Tax valuation allowance		$	7.0		$	—			$	7.0
	Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance		—			21.1				21.1
	Total		$	7.0		$	21.1			$	28.1

(1) This item had no income statement impact, as it was offset by an equal change in Funds held liability.

Exhibit 10.5

BY HAND

December 12, 2005

Dear Pierre:

This will confirm our discussions about your resignation as President, Chief Operating Officer and director of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd., as director of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and as Executive Vice President - Reinsurance of Assured Guaranty Ltd., each a Bermuda Company (collectively referred to as the “Company”) on mutually agreeable terms as set forth below. You and the Company agree this Agreement represents the full and complete agreement concerning your separation from employment with the Company and any of its affiliated companies.

1. Last Day of Employment : You will remain on the Company’s payroll at your present level of pay through December 31, 2005, which shall be your effective date of resignation. On or prior to December 31, 2005, you must resign in writing from all of your positions and offices with the Company and any and all of its affiliated companies and/or the respective Boards thereof by executing the letter annexed hereto as Exhibit A. Effective December 9, 2005, you will no longer be an SEC Executive Officer of the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Between the date of this Agreement and December 31, 2005, you do not need to report to the office on a daily basis, but shall be available to consult with the Company regarding matters related to the Company’s business.

2. Consideration : The Company will pay you a total of $700,000, payable in 24 monthly installments, beginning in January 2006. These amounts will not be eligible for deferrals or contributions under any of the retirement plans maintained by the Company. During this 24 month period, you will make a good faith effort to seek other employment. If you obtain other employment suitable to your qualifications during the 24 month period, you shall so notify the Company and any compensation paid to you by your new employer shall reduce, by an equivalent amount, the payments required to be made by the Company under this paragraph.

In addition, the Assured Guaranty Ltd. stock options and restricted stock granted to you in April 2004 and February 2005 shall continue to vest through April 30, 2006. Any stock option or restricted stock not vested on April 30, 2006 shall be forfeited. Any stock options vested prior to April 30, 2006 must be exercised prior to the close of business on December 31, 2006. At that time, all stock options shall be forfeited.

You will be paid $200,000 at the time employees of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. are generally paid bonuses for 2005 performance. This payment will be subject to the deferrals and contributions generally applicable to employees of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. under the retirement plans maintained by the Company.

3. Withholding on Payments : Taxes, applicable withholding and authorized or required deductions will be deducted from all payments to you. The Company shall reimburse you for (i) United States Federal, State or local tax obligations, if any, regarding your income from the Company in 2005 and (ii) the cost of preparing and filing of any United States Federal, State or local tax returns for 2005.

4. Employee Benefits : You will continue to receive medical and life insurance benefits at the levels generally made available to employees of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. until December 31, 2007, or upon your securing employment with another employer, whichever is earlier, at which time they will terminate. All other benefits will terminate on December 31, 2005. Further, you acknowledge and agree that you will not accrue any additional vacation, sick days, personal days, Retirement Plan, car allowance, financial planning, club or any other benefit, or accrue any further benefits in any benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any of its affiliated companies, after December 31, 2005, and by signing below you expressly waive any such further accruals.

5. Vacation : You acknowledge that you have 10.5 accrued but unused vacation days. You will be paid for 10.5 vacation days at your current annual rate of salary prior to January 31, 2006.

6. Reimbursement of Business Expenses : You agree to promptly, and in any event not later than December 31, 2005, submit appropriate documentation of all authorized business expenses incurred in connection with your performance of duties for the Company, and the Company will reimburse you in accordance with Company policy. You should submit such documentation to the General Counsel. We will reimburse you for up to $6,000 for the cost of your counsel in advising you with respect to this Agreement.

7. Transition :

(a) Until your last day of employment, you agree to continue to perform your duties in a professional manner and to cooperate in the orderly and smooth transition of your job responsibilities.

After your last day of work you agree that you will be available, upon reasonable notice, to respond to questions and provide assistance to the Company regarding any unfinished business and to provide full and complete cooperation to the Company in connection with any litigation or other disputes for which the Company may need your assistance. Such assistance may include, but is not limited to (i) meeting with employees and/or representatives of the Company as needed, (ii) providing full and complete disclosure of facts relevant to the litigation or dispute, and/or (iii) with reasonable advance notice, being available for depositions and preparation meetings. The Company will reimburse you for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses you incur as a result of any such post-employment cooperation, including the reasonable cost of your personal attorneys, if reasonably necessary. In addition, the Company

will indemnify you and advance all reasonable costs including attorneys fees and expenses in matters related to your employment with the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the Company’s existing by-laws, Bermuda law, or your Employment Agreement. Nothing herein shall require the waiver of any personal legal privileges.

(b) Simultaneously with signing this Agreement, you shall complete the Annual Affirmation required under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Code of Conduct annexed hereto as Exhibit B and shall cooperate with the Company in any follow-up inquiry thereto.

(c) You shall not apply for or accept employment with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at any time in the future.

8. Acknowledgement : You understand and agree that absent this Agreement, you would not otherwise be entitled to all the payments and benefits specified in this Agreement. Further, by signing this Agreement, you agree that you are not entitled to any payments and/or benefits that are not specifically listed in this Agreement for any past, present or future year, including but not limited to benefits under your Employment Agreement dated April 28, 2004, any severance plan, benefits under any bonus plan (including but not limited to plans relating to years 2005 – 2007), stock option grants and restricted stock grants under any long-term incentive plan, or any additional stock grants under the Replacement Award Plan, except for those retirement benefits in which you have vested rights, in each case pursuant to the terms of the applicable plans and applicable law. You further expressly acknowledge that, except as described in Section 2, all stock option grants and restricted stock grants under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan are properly forfeited.

9. General Release of All Claims : In exchange for the Company payments and benefits under this Agreement, you unconditionally release Assured Guaranty Re Ltd., Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings, Inc. and Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE Limited and its and/or their past and/or present parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, owners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, accountants, attorneys, advisors, representatives and agents (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Releasees”) from any and all charges, claims, complaints, grievances, liabilities, obligations, promises, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, demands, costs, losses, and expenses of any nature you may have, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, vested or contingent, including but not limited to those related to your employment, your separation from employment or otherwise, from the beginning of time through the date that this Agreement becomes effective.

You understand and agree that you are releasing Releasees from any and all claims for breach of contract, personal injury, wages, compensation, bonuses, benefits, defamation, slander and wrongful discharge, and any and all claims based on any oral or written agreements or promises, whether arising under statute (including but not limited to, claims arising under the Employment Act 2000, and under any federal or state laws or regulations applicable in the United States of America including but not limited to the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), contract (express or implied), constitutional provision, common law or otherwise, from the beginning of time through the date that this Agreement becomes effective.

You understand and agree that you are releasing Releasees from any and all claims for discrimination or harassment in employment, or retaliation, on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, age, national origin, alienage or citizenship, gender, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, veteran’s status, and any other protected grounds including, but not limited to, any and all rights and claims you may have arising under the Employment Act 2000, the Human Rights Act 1981, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, any state anti-discrimination law, and any other federal, state, local, or foreign laws or regulations, from the beginning of time through the date that this Agreement becomes effective.

It is understood and agreed, however, that none of the foregoing releases shall release any claims by you arising under this Agreement.

In exchange for your release and other valuable consideration, the Company hereby unconditionally releases you from any and all charges, claims, complaints, grievances, liabilities, obligations, promises, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits rights, demands, costs, losses and expenses of any nature related to activities that you undertook in the ordinary course of your employment or any disclosures you have made to the Company prior to the date of this Agreement. The Company further represents that it has not filed and has no present intention of filing any claim, lawsuit, complaint, or charge against you relating to your employment or otherwise.

10. No Claims Filed : As a condition of the Company entering into this Agreement, you represent that you have not filed and do not intend to file any claim, lawsuit, complaint, or charge against Releasees relating to your employment, your separation from employment or otherwise, except that you understand that you are not giving up your right to challenge: (a) the Company’s failure to comply with its promises to make payment and provide benefits under this Agreement; or (b) the knowing and voluntary nature of your release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of l967. You acknowledge and agree that the covenant not to file any claim, lawsuit, complaint or charge is an essential part of this Agreement and that without its inclusion, this Agreement would not have been reached by the Parties.

11. Confidential Information :

(a) You acknowledge that the Company and its affiliated companies have, through the expenditure of considerable time and expense over a period of years, developed extensive confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets regarding its business affairs (financial or otherwise), clients and prospective clients, including, without limitation: (i) information relating to the identities, points of contact, affairs, operations, habits and patterns of clients and prospective clients; (ii) information relating to internal business, legal, human resources and financial policies and practices, plans, strategies, methodologies, operations, services, projects, status, training, advertising, marketing, and other non-publicly disclosed information; and (iii) information relating to its employees’ identities, skills, abilities, evaluations, work histories, and compensation (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Confidential Information”).

(b) You acknowledge that such Confidential Information is proprietary, not available to the public or the Company’s competitors, and provides the Company with a unique and valuable competitive advantage, and that its use or disclosure in violation of this Agreement would cause the Company immediate and serious irreparable injury.

(c) You acknowledge that you were employed in a professional, confidential and fiduciary relationship with the Company, that you performed certain duties with regard to the Company, and that you were entrusted with Confidential Information in connection with the performance of those duties.

(d) Accordingly, it is a condition subsequent of this Agreement that you will preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and that you will not directly or indirectly use, disclose, reproduce, sell, retain, remove from the premises, make available to any other person or entity, or use for your own or for any other person or entity’s benefit, any portion of the Confidential Information. You also promise that you will not use any such Confidential Information to damage the Company, its interests or its customers, providers or any other person or entity with whom the Company does business.

(e) In the event that you are required by legal process to disclose any Confidential Information, you shall immediately provide the Company’s General Counsel with written notice of such legal obligation and shall fully cooperate with any efforts by the Company to oppose or limit such disclosure.

(f) You promise and agree (i) to return immediately to the Company any and all Confidential Information and all other materials, documents or property belonging to the Company, including without limitation files, records, manuals, reports, software and hardware, laptops, computers, cell phone, blackberry, keys, equipment, identification card, access card, credit cards, mailing lists, rolodexes, computer print-outs, and computer disks and tapes, (ii) not to retain any copies of any Confidential Information and/or any other materials, documents or property belonging to the Company, and (iii) to delete all Confidential Information from your home and/or personal computer drives and from any other personal electronic, digital or magnetic storage devices.

12. Restrictions on Solicitation

The Restricted Period shall end December 31, 2006.

(a) Solicitation of Clients

(i) It is a condition subsequent of this Agreement that, during the Restricted Period, you shall not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or as proprietor, stockholder, member, partner, director, officer, employee, agent or otherwise for or on behalf of any person, business firm, corporation, partnership or other entity, sell, offer to sell, or contact or solicit any business from any person, corporation or other entity which is a customer of the Company or its affiliates for the purpose of assisting, facilitating or encouraging, in any way, any such customer to transfer any business from Company and/or its affiliates, whether by termination, non-renewal or otherwise. For purposes of

this Agreement, “customers” of the Company and its affiliates mean and include (A) any and all persons, businesses, corporations, partnerships, or other entities which have done business with the Company or its affiliates as a customer or have preexisting business relationships and/or dealings with you when your employment with the Company terminated and (B) all persons, businesses, corporations, partnerships or other entities which control any such customer.

(ii) It is a condition subsequent of this Agreement that, during the Restricted Period, you shall not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or as proprietor, stockholder, member, partner, director, officer, employee, agent or otherwise for or on behalf of any person, business, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity, sell, offer to sell, or contact or solicit any reinsurance business from MBIA, Inc., AMBAC Financial Group Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc., Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, XLCA/XLFA or their affiliates.

(b) Solicitation of Employees

It is a condition subsequent of this Agreement that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly, induce, encourage or solicit any employee or officer of the Company or any affiliated companies to leave the employ of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or assist any person, company or entity to engage in such conduct.

13. Confidentiality of Agreement : You agree that the terms of this Agreement are confidential. You agree not to tell anyone about this Agreement and not to disclose any information contained in this Agreement to anyone, other than your lawyer, financial advisor, immediate family members or as required by process of law. If you do tell your lawyer, financial advisor or immediate family members about this Agreement or its contents, you must immediately tell them that they must keep it confidential as well. The Company also agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement, and the circumstances leading up to it, confidential, provided however, that the Company may disclose this information as necessary for the proper operation of its business, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement, to brief senior management, the Board of Directors, accountants, attorneys, rating agencies, underwriters, regulators, law enforcement officials, and as required by process of law.

14. No Negative Statements : It is a condition subsequent of this Agreement that you agree not to make, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, including but not limited to the Company’s employees, the Company’s Board members, the Company’s affiliates or staff thereof, and/or the press, any negative or disparaging oral or written statements about, or do anything which damages, any of the Releasees, or its or their services, good will, reputation, or financial status, or which damages it or them in any of its or their business relationships. The Company, its board members, and Executive Officers will not make, directly or indirectly any negative or disparaging oral or written statements about you or your services or reputation. Nothing herein shall limit any party from responding truthfully to any legal process or regulatory inquiry.

In the event the Company receives inquiries from your prospective employers,

the Company will provide the following information:-

“Pierre Samson served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. from April 2004 to December 2005”.

15. Non-admission of Wrongdoing : By entering into this Agreement, neither you nor the Company or any of the Company’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, officers, directors, employees, accountants, attorneys, advisors, representatives or agents admit any wrongdoing or violation of law. Neither this Agreement nor anything in the Agreement shall be admissible in any proceeding or evidence of wrongdoing by you or the Company.

16. Representation Regarding Disclosures of Material Facts : You warrant that, insofar as you are aware, you have not withheld or failed to disclose any material fact concerning matters which you were dealing with in the performance of activities as President, Chief Operating Officer, director or Executive Vice President-Reinsurance of the Company, where withholding such material fact would reasonably be expected to be significantly detrimental to the financial results of the Company.

17. Applicable Law : This Agreement shall be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of Bermuda.

18. Severability : You agree that should a court of law find that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will nonetheless still be effective.

19. Changes to the Agreement : This Agreement may not be changed unless the changes are in writing and signed by you and any two of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of the Company.

20. Arbitration of Disputes: Without in any way affecting the terms of paragraph 9, you and the Company agree that any of the types of disagreements, disputes or claims listed in Section (a) and (b) below, shall be resolved exclusively by arbitration in Hamilton, Bermuda, in accordance with the laws of Bermuda by three arbitrators appointed by the Parties. If the Parties cannot agree on the appointment of the arbitrators, one should be appointed by the Company and one by you and the third shall be appointed by the first two arbitrators. If the first two arbitrators cannot agree on the appointment of a third arbitrator, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the appropriate Bermuda court. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Arbitration Act, 1986. The seat of the arbitration shall be Bermuda. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(a) those arising out of or relating to the validity of this Agreement or how it is interpreted or implemented, provided that the resolution of any disagreement related to your eligibility for fringe benefits shall be subject to the terms of the benefit plans; and

(b) those involving in any way, or related to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, if for any reason your release and waiver under paragraph 9 is found to be unenforceable or inapplicable.

In the event of such a dispute, the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award of all costs and expenses reasonably incurred including reasonable legal fees . The foregoing provisions of this paragraph 20 shall not be construed to limit the either party’s right to obtain injunctive relief to enforce paragraphs 11, 12, 13 or 14 and, pending a final determination by the arbitrator with respect to any such matter or controversy, the either party shall be entitled to obtain any such relief by direct application to state, federal, or other applicable court, without being required to first arbitrate such matter or controversy. You acknowledge that the Company would be irreparably injured by a violation of paragraphs 11, 12, 13 or 14, and you agree that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, shall be entitled to a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other equivalent relief, restraining you from any actual or threatened breach of paragraphs 11, 12, 13 or 14. If a bond is required to be posted in order for the Company to secure an injunction or other equitable remedy, the parties agree that said bond need not be more than a nominal sum.

The Company acknowledges that you would be irreparably injured by a violation of paragraphs 13 or 14, and the Company agrees that you, in addition to any other remedies available to you for such breach or threatened breach, shall be entitled to a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other equivalent relief, restraining the Company from any actual or threatened breach of paragraphs 13 or 14. If a bond is required to be posted in order for you to secure an injunction or other equitable remedy, the parties agree that said bond need not be more than a nominal sum.

21. Entire Agreement : This Agreement contains the entire agreement between you and the Company, and replaces and supercedes any and all prior agreements or understandings between you and the Company and any and all of the Company’s affiliated companies, whether written or oral, including but not limited to the Employment Agreement dated April 28, 2004, between you and Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty, U.S. Holdings, Inc. and Assured Guaranty Corp., which Employment Agreement is hereby terminated and shall be null and void, except for your indemnification rights under Section 9(f) of your Employment Agreement. By signing this Agreement, the parties acknowledge that they have not relied upon any other statement, document, agreement or contract, whether written or oral, in deciding to enter into this Agreement.

22. Waiver : By signing this Agreement, you acknowledge that:

a) This Agreement is written in a manner understood by you;

(b) You have carefully read, and understand, this Agreement.

(c) You have been given up to twenty-one (21) days to consider your rights and obligations under this Agreement and to consult with an attorney.

(d) The Company advised you to consult with an attorney and/or any other advisors of your choice before signing this Agreement.

(e) You consulted with the attorney of your choice.

(f) You understand this Agreement is legally binding and by signing it you give up certain rights.

(g) You have voluntarily chosen to enter into this Agreement and have not been forced or pressured in any way to sign it.

(h) The General Release in this Agreement includes a waiver of all rights and claims you may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 621 et seq.), and

(i) This Agreement does not waive any rights or claims that may arise after this Agreement is signed and becomes effective.

23. Authority The Company represents and warrants that it has properly authorized this Agreement and has authorized Walter Scott and James Michener to execute this agreement.

24. Effective Date : This Agreement becomes effective at the time you sign the Agreement.

Sincerely,


Walter Scott		James M. Michener
Chairman of the Board		General Counsel


Read, Accepted and Agreed:


Pierre Samson		Date

Exhibit 10.31

Director Compensation Summary

Non-management directors receive an annual retainer of $150,000 per year, $60,000 of which will be paid in cash and $90,000 of which is paid in stock units or restricted stock (as described below), though a director may elect to receive all of his compensation in stock units or restricted stock. Non-management directors also received a one-time cash award of $25,000 upon their election, concurrent with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional $15,000 annual retainer, the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional $20,000 annual retainer, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee receives an additional $10,000 annual retainer and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee receives an additional $5,000 annual retainer. Members of the Audit Committee receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer and members of the Compensation Committee receive an additional $5,000 annual retainer. Commencing with the May 2005 Annual General Meeting, the compensation for the Nominating and Governance Committee will be on the same basis as that of the Compensation Committee, with members of the Nominating and Governance Committee receiving an additional annual retainer of $5,000 and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee receiving an additional annual retainer of $10,000. The Company will generally not pay a fee for attendance at board or committee meetings, though the Chief Executive Officer has the discretion to pay attendance fees of $2,000 for extraordinary or special meetings. In February 2006, the Chairman of the Audit Committee was awarded an additional fee of $20,000 for work on a special Audit project.

An initial (one-time) grant of restricted shares with a value of $100,000 was awarded to each non-management director upon closing of the IPO or his initial election. These restricted shares will vest on the day immediately prior to the third annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the shares.

Retainer equity awards were granted upon completion of the IPO and will be granted annually thereafter (usually on the date of the Company’s annual shareholders’ meeting) in the form of stock units until the share ownership guidelines set forth in the next paragraph have been met. The first 10,000 stock units awarded to each director will become non-forfeitable on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the units. The issuance of Common Shares for these units will be mandatorily deferred until six months after termination of the director’s service on the Board of Directors. After the share ownership guidelines discussed below are met, directors may elect to receive their annual retainer equity award in the form of either restricted shares that vest on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the shares, or stock units that become non-forfeitable on the day immediately prior to the first annual shareholders meeting at which directors are elected following the grant of the units, with the issuance of Common Shares deferred to a later date chosen by the director. Stock units cannot be sold or transferred until the Common Shares are issued. Dividend equivalents will be credited to stock units and reinvested as additional stock units.

The Board of Directors has recommended that each director own at least 10,000 Common Shares within three years after joining the board. Common Shares represented by stock units will count toward that guideline, though restricted shares awarded upon a director’s initial election will not.

Exhibit 10.32

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

DESCRIPTION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CASH COMPENSATION

FOR 2005

Set forth below are the 2005 annual salary and bonus of the Chief Executive Officer and each of the four most highly compensated Executive Officers. The salary of each Executive Officer listed below are unchanged for 2006.

Dominic J. Frederico

President and Chief Executive Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Salary		Bonus
$	700,000	$	2,000,000

Robert B. Mills

Chief Financial Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Salary		Bonus
$	500,000	$	775,000

Michael J. Schozer

President, Assured Guaranty Corp.

Salary		Bonus
$	375,000	$	725,000

James M. Michener

General Counsel, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Salary		Bonus
$	375,000	$	600,000

Robert A. Bailenson

Chief Accounting Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Salary		Bonus
$	300,000	$	260,000

Messrs. Frederico, Mills and Michener have employment agreements with the Company and are entitled to certain perquisites, such as housing allowance, family travel benefit, car allowance, reimbursement of U.S. social security and Medicare taxes, financial and tax planning and club dues. Mr. Schozer is also a party to an employment agreement with Assured Guaranty Corp. and is entitled to certain perquisites, such as financial and tax planning and club dues.

The CEO and other Executive Officers are also participants in defined contribution pension plans maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries.

Exhibit 10.34

To Be Used With Employment Agreement

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Participant has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Participant and the Company agree that this Award is in full satisfaction of the stock option awards to be granted to the Participant pursuant to paragraph 7(a) of the employment agreement between the Company and the Participant dated April 28, 2004;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Participant” is .

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

(d) The “Exercise Price” is $ per share.

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

2. Non-Qualified Stock Option . This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1. The Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Code section 422.

3. Date of Exercise . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, each Installment of Covered Shares of the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Vesting Date for such Installment as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the Vesting Date):

INSTALLMENT		VESTING DATE APPLICABLE TO INSTALLMENT
1/3 of Covered Shares		One year anniversary of the Grant Date
1/3 of Covered Shares		Two year anniversary of the Grant Date
1/3 of Covered Shares		Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows:

(a) The Option shall become fully exercisable upon the Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.

(b) The Option shall become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control that occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

(c) If the Option is not fully exercisable upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the Vesting Date has occurred with respect to all of the Covered Shares.

(d) If the Option is not fully exercisable upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by virtue of a Termination Without Cause, then for purposes of applying the foregoing vesting schedule, and for purposes of determining the Expiration Date of the Option, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the later of the date on which the Participant ceases receiving severance payments under the Employment Agreement or the date on which the term of the Employment Agreement ends. A notice of termination shall be deemed to constitute a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Agreement term under the provisions of the Employment Agreement to be effective as of the earliest date permitted under the Employment Agreement. The terms “Cause” and “Terminated Without Cause” shall be defined as set forth in the Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment is Terminated without Cause, the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall apply only if the Executive executes and returns to the Company a general release and waiver of all claims against the Company as required under the Employment Agreement.

Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) above, the Option may be exercised on or after the Date of Termination only as to that portion of the Covered Shares for which it was exercisable immediately prior to (or became exercisable on) the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, as of the Participant’s Date of Termination for Cause, the Option shall be canceled as to any Covered Shares as to which it has not previously been exercised.

4. Expiration . The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. The “Expiration Date” shall be the earliest to occur of:

(a) the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date;

(b) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, the three-year anniversary of such Date of Termination;

(d) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement or because of a Termination Without Cause, the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date; or

(e) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for any reason other than those listed in subparagraph (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph 4, the 90 day anniversary of such Date of Termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 4, if a Change in Control occurs on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Expiration Date shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

5. Method of Option Exercise . Subject to this Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Secretary of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election. Payment shall be by cash or by check payable to the Company. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee before the Option is exercised: (i) all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required; and (ii) the Participant may pay the Exercise Price by authorizing a third party to sell shares of Stock (or a sufficient portion of the shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire Exercise Price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise. The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules and regulations. In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

6. Withholding . All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum

statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).

7. Transferability . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

8. Cancellation and Rescission of Options .

(a) The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Option at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

(b) Upon exercise of the Option, the Participant shall certify, to the extent provided by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity. In the event a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the six months after, any exercise of the Option, such exercise may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter. In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

9. Heirs and Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

10. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have

all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons. The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

11. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

12. Not An Employment Contract . The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

13. Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

14. Fractional Shares . In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

15. No Rights As Shareholder . The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

16. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other person.

17. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

(a) Change in Control . The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

(b) Date of Termination . A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and

Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

(c) Detrimental Activity . The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean (i) a violation of paragraph 11 of the Employment Agreement (relating to competition) during the period in which such activity is prohibited under the Employment Agreement; or (ii) a violation of paragraph 12 of the Employment Agreement (relating to confidentiality).

(d) Director . The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(e) Disability . The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.

(f) Employment Agreement . “Employment Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Participant and the Company dated April 28, 2004 or any successor agreement thereto.

(g) Retirement . “Retirement” of a Participant shall mean with respect to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination after the Participant has completed three years of service and attained age 55. For purposes of this definition, years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to the initial public offering of stock of the Company.

(h) Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

By:
Its:

Participant

Exhibit 10.35

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Participant” is .

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

(d) The “Exercise Price” is $ per share.

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

INSTALLMENT		VESTING DATE APPLICABLE TO INSTALLMENT
1/3 of Covered Shares		One year anniversary of the Grant Date
1/3 of Covered Shares		Two year anniversary of the Grant Date
1/3 of Covered Shares		Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows:

(a) The Option shall become fully exercisable upon the Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.

(b) The Option shall become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control that occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

The Option may be exercised on or after the Date of Termination only as to that portion of the Covered Shares for which it was exercisable immediately prior to (or became exercisable on) the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, as of the Participant’s Date of Termination for Cause, the Option shall be canceled as to any Covered Shares as to which it has not previously been exercised.

(a) the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date;

(b) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, the three-year anniversary of such Date of Termination;

(d) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s Retirement, the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date; or

(e) if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for any reason other than those listed in subparagraph (b), (c), or (d) of this paragraph 4, the 90 day anniversary of such Date of Termination.

8. Cancellation and Rescission of Options .

(a) The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Option at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

10. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons. The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Cause or Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

17. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

(a) Cause . The term “Cause” shall mean (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, AMBAC Financial Group Inc., CIFG Group, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, Financial Security Assurance Inc., MBIA, Inc. and Radian Group Inc.), or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or the Subsidiaries; (ii) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or the Subsidiaries, or the use in other than the Company’s or the Subsidiaries’ business, without prior written authorization from the Company or the Subsidiaries, of any confidential information or material, relating to the business of the Company or the Subsidiaries, acquired by the Participant either during or

after employment with the Company or the Subsidiaries; (iii) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company or the Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Company’s business conduct guidelines; (iv) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime, whether or not connected with the Company; or (vi) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

(b) Change in Control . The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

(c) Date of Termination . A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

(d) Detrimental Activity . The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean the occurrence of actions described in clause (i) (relating to competition), (ii) (relating to confidentiality), or (iv) (relating to solicitation), all as set forth under the definition of “Cause” above.

(e) Director . The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(f) Disability . The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.

(g) Retirement . “Retirement” of a Participant shall mean with respect to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55. For purposes of this definition, years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to the initial public offering of stock of the Company.

(h) Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

By:	James Michener
Its:	General Counsel


Participant:

Exhibit 10.36

Restricted Stock Agreement for
Outside Directors under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (1)

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Director and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Director has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan; and

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Director, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Director” is .

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 15 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

2. Restricted Stock Award . This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Award” granted to the Director.

3. Restricted Period . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, the “Restricted Period” for the Covered Shares of the Restricted Stock Award shall begin on the Grant Date and end [ Alternative 1 : ( for initial grants ) on the day immediately prior to the third annual shareholders meeting following the meeting during which elections for directors were held and the Director was elected. Alternative 2 : ( for use after share guidelines have been met ) on the day immediately prior to the next annual shareholders meeting during which elections for directors are held following the Grant Date.]

4. Transfer and Forfeiture of Shares . If the Restricted Period with respect to the Covered Shares ends on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, then at the

(1) This form should only be used for the initial one-time award valued at $100,000 and awards that are made AFTER the director has satisfied the share ownership guidelines.

end of such Restricted Period, the Covered Shares shall be transferred to the Director free of all restrictions. If the Restricted Period with respect to the Covered Shares does not end on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, then as of the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, the Director shall forfeit all Covered Shares.(2)

5. Transferability . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

6. Dividends . The Director shall be entitled to receive any dividends paid with respect to the Covered Shares that become payable during the Restricted Period. Any dividends shall be payable to the Director in cash. The Director shall not be prevented from receiving dividends and distributions paid on the Covered Shares of Restricted Stock merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however that no dividends or distributions shall be payable to or for the benefit of the Director with respect to record dates for such dividends or distributions for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Director has forfeited those shares.

7. Voting . The Director shall not be prevented from voting the Restricted Stock Award merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however, that the Director shall not be entitled to vote Covered Shares with respect to record dates for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Director has forfeited those shares.

8. Registration of Restricted Stock Award . Each certificate issued in respect of the Covered Shares awarded under this Agreement shall be registered in the name of the Director.

9. Heirs and Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any benefits deliverable to the Director under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Director’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Director in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Director fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Director, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Director and any benefits distributable to the Director shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Director. If a deceased Director designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Director but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

(2) The award will not continue to vest if a person ceases to be a director of the company but continues to be an employee of the company.

11. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Director from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

12. Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Director, at the Director’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

13. Fractional Shares . In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Director an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Director and the Company without the consent of any other person.

15. Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.


By:
Its:

Director

Exhibit 10.37

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for
Outside Directors under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (1)

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Director and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Director, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Director” is .

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 14 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

2. Restricted Stock Unit Award . This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Unit Award” granted to the Director. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Director is hereby granted the right to receive shares (“Restricted Stock Units”) at the “Delivery Date,” which shall be .(2) [ Alternate Delivery Date : ( must use when share guidelines have not been met ) on or about the sixth month anniversary of the date the Director ceases to be a director of Assured Guaranty Ltd.]

3. Restricted Period . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, the “Restricted Period” for the Restricted Stock Units shall begin on the Grant Date and end on the day immediately prior to the next annual shareholders meeting during which elections for directors are held following the Grant Date.

4. Transfer and Forfeiture of Shares . If the Restricted Period with respect to the Restricted Stock Units ends on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the

(1) This form is not for use with the initial one-time award valued at $100,000.

(2) This should be a date occurring after the vesting date.

Company, then at the end of such Restricted Period, the Restricted Stock Units shall be fully vested, and shall be transferred to the Director free of all restrictions on the Delivery Date. If the Restricted Period with respect to the Restricted Stock Units does not end on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, then as of the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, the Director shall forfeit all Restricted Stock Units.(3)

5. Transferability . Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the Delivery Date.

6. Dividends . The Director will be credited with additional Restricted Stock Units to reflect dividends payable with respect to shares during the period between the Grant Date and the Delivery Date, with the increase in the number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the number of shares which could be purchased with the dividends (assuming each Restricted Stock Unit was a share), based on the value of such share at the time such dividends are paid. The Restricted Stock Units credited on account of the preceding sentence (other than extraordinary dividends, as determined by the Committee) shall be fully vested at the time of crediting to the Director, and distribution shall be made with respect to such Restricted Stock Units on the Delivery Date. Extraordinary dividends shall be vested in accordance with the same schedule as the Restricted Stock Units to which such extraordinary dividends are attributable. No dividends shall be credited to or for the benefit of the Director for Restricted Stock Units with respect to record dates occurring prior to the Grant Date, or with respect to record dates occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Director has forfeited those Restricted Stock Units.

7. Director’s Rights to Shares . Prior to the Delivery Date, (a) the Director shall not be treated as owner of the shares, shall not have any rights as a shareholder as to those shares, and shall have only a contractual right to receive them, unsecured by any assets of the Company or its subsidiaries; (b) the Director shall be not permitted to vote the Restricted Stock Units; and (c) the Director’s right to receive such shares will be subject to the adjustment provisions relating to mergers, reorganizations, and similar events set forth in the Plan.

8. Heirs and Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any benefits deliverable to the Director under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Director’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Director in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Director fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Director, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Director and any benefits distributable to the Director shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Director. If a deceased Director designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Director but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated

(3) The award will not continue to vest if a person ceases to be a director of the company but continues to be an employee of the company.

Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

9. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

10. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Director from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

11. Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Director, at the Director’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

12. Fractional Shares . In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Unit Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Director an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

13. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Director and the Company without the consent of any other person.

14. Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.


By:
Its:

Director

Exhibit 10.38

To Be Used With Employment Agreement

Restricted Stock Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Participant and the Company agree that this Award is in full satisfaction of the restricted stock awards to be granted to the Participant pursuant to paragraph 7(a) of the employment agreement between the Company and the Participant dated April 28, 2004;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Participant” is

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 18 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

2. Restricted Stock Award . This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Award” granted to the Participant.

3. Restricted Period . Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, the “Restricted Period” for each Installment of Covered Shares of the Restricted Stock Award shall begin on the Grant Date and end as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the end of the Restricted Period):

INSTALLMENT		RESTRICTED PERIOD WILL END ON:
¼ of Covered Shares		One year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Two year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Three year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Four year anniversary of the Grant Date

The Restricted Period shall end prior to the date specified in the foregoing schedule to the extent set forth below:

(a) For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s Disability or death.

(b) For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not ended prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon a Change in Control, provided that such Change in Control occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

(c) For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not ended prior to the Date of Termination, if the Participant’s employment is Terminated Without Cause, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the later of (i) the date on which the Participant ceases receiving severance payments under the Employment Agreement or (ii) the date on which the term of the Employment Agreement expires. Under clause (ii), a notice of termination shall be deemed to constitute a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Agreement term under the provisions of the Employment Agreement to be effective as of the earliest date permitted under the Employment Agreement. The terms “Cause” and “Terminated Without Cause” shall be defined as set forth in the Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment is Terminated without Cause, the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall apply only if the Executive executes and returns to the Company a general release and waiver of all claims against the Company as required under the Employment Agreement.

(d) For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not ended prior to the Date of Termination, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the Restricted Period has ended with respect to all Installments.

4. Transfer and Forfeiture of Shares . If the Restricted Period with respect to any Installment of the Covered Shares ends on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, then at the end of such Restricted Period, that Installment of Covered Shares shall be transferred to the Participant free of all restrictions (except for restrictions described in paragraph 10). If the Restricted Period with respect to any Installments does not end on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, then as of the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Participant shall forfeit such Installments. However, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the end of the Restricted Period or provide for the vesting of the Covered Shares under circumstances that such vesting would not otherwise occur in its sole discretion, based on such factors as the Committee deems appropriate.

5. Withholding . All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).

6. Transferability . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

7. Dividends . The Participant shall not be prevented from receiving dividends and distributions paid on the Covered Shares of Restricted Stock merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however that no dividends or distributions shall be payable to or for the benefit of the Participant with respect to record dates for such dividends or distributions for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Participant has forfeited those shares.

8. Voting . The Participant shall not be prevented from voting the Restricted Stock Award merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however, that the Participant shall not be entitled to vote Covered Shares with respect to record dates for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Participant has forfeited those shares.

9. Registration of Restricted Stock Award . Each certificate issued in respect of the Covered Shares awarded under this Agreement shall be registered in the name of the Participant.

10. Cancellation and Rescission of Restricted Stock Award .

(a) The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Restricted Stock Award at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

(b) At the end of the Restricted Period with respect to an Installment and prior to the transfer of the Covered Shares to the Participant, the Participant shall certify, to the extent required by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity. In the event a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the six months after, the vesting of any Installment of Covered Shares, such vesting may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter. In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded vesting, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

11. Heirs and Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

12. Administration . The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons. The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

13. Plan Governs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

14. Not An Employment Contract . The Restricted Stock Award will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Related Company, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Related Company would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

15. Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

16. Fractional Shares . In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

17. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other person.

18. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

(a) Change in Control . The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

(b) Date of Termination . A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

(d) Director . The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(f) Employment Agreement . “Employment Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Participant and the Company dated April 28, 2004 or any successor agreement thereto.

(h) Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.




By:	James Michener
Its:	General Counsel

Participant

Exhibit 10.39

Restricted Stock Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

WITNESSETH THAT:

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

(a) The “Participant” is .

(b) The “Grant Date” is .

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 18 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

2. Restricted Stock Award . This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Award” granted to the Participant.

INSTALLMENT		RESTRICTED PERIOD WILL END ON:
¼ of Covered Shares		One year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Two year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Three year anniversary of the Grant Date
¼ of Covered Shares		Four year anniversary of the Grant Date

The Restricted Period shall end prior to the date specified in the foregoing schedule to the extent set forth below:

(c) For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not ended prior to the Date of Termination, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the Restricted Period has ended with respect to all Installments.

statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).

6. Transferability . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

9. Registration of Restricted Stock Award . Each certificate issued in respect of the Covered Shares awarded under this Agreement shall be registered in the name of the Participant.

10. Cancellation and Rescission of Restricted Stock Award .

(a) The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Restricted Stock Award at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

18. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

(a) Change in Control . The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

(c) Detrimental Activity . The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, AMBAC Financial Group Inc., CIFG Group, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, Financial Security Assurance Inc., MBIA, Inc. and Radian Group Inc.), or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or the Subsidiaries; (ii) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or the Subsidiaries, or the use in other than the Company’s or the Subsidiaries’ business, without prior written authorization from the Company or the Subsidiaries, of any confidential information or material, relating to the business of the Company or the Subsidiaries, acquired by the Participant either during or after employment with the Company or the Subsidiaries; (iii) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company or the Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Company’s business conduct guidelines; (iv) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime, whether or not connected with the Company; or (vi) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, activity occurring after the Date of

Termination shall constitute Detrimental Activity only if it is described in clause (i) (relating to competition), (ii) (relating to confidentiality), or (iv) (relating to solicitation) above.

(d) Director . The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(f) Retirement . “Retirement” of a Participant shall mean with respect to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55. For purposes of this definition, years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to the initial public offering of stock of the Company.

(g) Plan Definitions . Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

By:	James Michener
Its:	General Counsel


Participant:

Exhibit 10.42

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of December 21, 2005 by and between Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Company”), and (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, the Bye-Laws of the Company require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, and permit the Company to advance expenses relating to the defense of indemnification matters, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Bye-Laws;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Bye-Laws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Bye-Laws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Bye-Laws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has determined that contractual indemnification as set forth herein is reasonable and prudent and promotes the best interests of the Company and its shareholders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions :

(a) Board : the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes a “beneficial owner,” as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under that act, of 25% or more of the Voting Stock (as defined below) of the Company;

(ii) the majority of the Board consists of individuals other than Incumbent Directors, which term means the members of the Board on the Effective Date; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by three-quarters of the directors who then comprised the Incumbent Directors shall be considered to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the Company adopts any plan of liquidation providing for the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets;

(iv) all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company is disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion as they owned the Voting Stock of the Company, all of the Voting Stock or other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the business of the Company); or

(v) the Company combines with another company and is the surviving corporation but, immediately after the combination, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or less of the Voting Stock of the combined company (there being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from the Voting Stock of the combined company, any shares received by Affiliates (as defined below) of such other company in exchange for stock of such other company).

For the purpose of this definition of “Change in Control,” (I) an “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified and (II) “Voting Stock” shall mean capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation.

(d) Expenses : any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any

payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, prosecuting (subject to Section 2(b)), being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(e) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

(f) Independent Counsel : the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

(g) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

(h) Reviewing Party : the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

(i) Voting Securities : any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Bye-Laws, vote of its shareholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law; provided

that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter which may attach to Indemnitee in respect of any fraud or dishonesty on the part of Indemnitee, as determined by a final and non-appealable judicial determination.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”); provided that, (i) such an Expense Advance shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount thereof if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, and (ii) if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid. If Indemnitee has commenced or commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith. For purposes of this Agreement and without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee or (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee is not entitled to the indemnification provided by this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company:

(i) on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws; or

(ii) if a court of competent jurisdiction by a final judicial determination, shall determine that such indemnity is not permitted under applicable law.

(g) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part or is insufficient to hold Indemnitee harmless, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of Indemnitee’s costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances, taking into account, among other things, contributions by other directors and officers of the Company or others pursuant to indemnification agreements or otherwise; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 2(f), 6(c) or 13 hereof.

3. Reviewing Party . Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Bye-Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable

standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights; Arbitration . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his/her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action or arbitration proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or arbitration proceeding or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action or arbitration proceeding by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct,

shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or arbitration proceeding brought by Indemnitee for

(a) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Bye-Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

(b) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel, and on terms and conditions, reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in

Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

7. Establishment of Trust . In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within ten business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. The Company shall pay all costs

of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

8. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Bye-Laws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Bye-Laws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

9. Liability Insurance . The Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to maintain an insurance policy or policies providing general liability and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which shall cover Indemnitee, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

10. Continuation of Contractual Indemnity or Period of Limitations . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to, or involved in, any proceeding for which indemnification is provided pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by Bermuda law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

11. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

12. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

13. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bye-Laws, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

15. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, which is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

16. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

The Company expressly accepts and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or New York State court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, over any suit, action, proceeding or arbitration proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that a judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in the preceding paragraph brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company, subject to rights of appeal and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other court the jurisdiction to which the Company is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

The Company irrevocably designates and appoints Assured Guaranty Corp. as its authorized agent, upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in the second preceding paragraph by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the agent at 1325 Avenue of the

Americas, New York, New York 10019. The Company agrees that such service (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in every suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to the Company. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any commercial delivery service. Nothing in this Section 16 shall affect the right of the Indemnitee to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

17. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM08 Bermuda

Attention: General Counsel

and to Indemnitee at:

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

	ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.


	By:
	Its:


	INDEMNITEE



	Typed Name:

Exhibit 10.43

Assured Guaranty Corp.

1325 Avenue of the Americas, 18 ^th Floor

New York, NY 10019

212-974-0100

www.assuredguaranty.com

August 19, 2004

Dear Rob:

As per your discussion with Dominic Frederico, your new annual salary effective August 23, 2004 will be $275,000. Your annual base salary will be adjusted to $300,000 April 1, 2005.

In the event your employment is terminated without Cause within two (2) years of a Change of Control of Assured Guaranty Ltd. you will receive salary continuation at your then current salary rate for a two (2) year period. You will continue to be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans in which you were participating at the time of your termination for this same two (2) year period. A Change of Control of Assured Guaranty Ltd. shall be as defined in Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. Cause shall be defined as conviction or admission of guilt by you of a felony involving moral turpitude or, in carrying out your duties, you have been guilty of (i) a willful, serious and continued failure to perform your duties, (ii)a willful and serious misconduct or (iii) a willful and material breach of the company’s Code of Conduct. Provided however, any act or failure to act shall not constitute Cause if such act or failure to act was committed or omitted in good faith and in a manner you reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the company.

All other conditions of employment apply and you should understand that employees of AGC are employees at will and that employment at AGC is not guaranteed for any period of time.

Sincerely,

Ivana M. Grillo

Vice President

Human Resources

CC:	Dominic Frederico
	James Michener
	Robert Mills

Exhibit 10.50

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
PERFORMANCE RETENTION PLAN

SECTION 1
GENERAL

1.1. Purpose . Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) has established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (the “Plan”) as a means of attracting and retaining the services of experienced and knowledgeable officers and employees and as a means of aligning their interests with the interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan permits the Company to award performance retention bonuses to eligible officers and employees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

1.2. Participation . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate from time to time, from among the executive and management employees of the Company and the Related Companies, those persons who shall be granted an award under the Plan, who will thereby become “Participants” in the Plan.

1.3. Operation, Administration, and Definitions . The operation and administration of the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3 (relating to operation and administration). Capitalized terms in the Plan shall be defined as set forth in the Plan (including the definition provisions of Section 7).

SECTION 2
PERFORMANCE RETENTION BONUS AMOUNT

2.1. The Performance Retention Bonus . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the Committee may, in its discretion, award a “Performance Retention Bonus” to a Participant. The Performance Retention Bonus shall equal the product of (a) a principal amount designated by the Committee, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the last day of the applicable Performance Period and the denominator of which is the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the first day of the applicable Performance Period; provided, however, that the fraction in clause (b) shall in no event be less than one. If the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value is no greater on the last day of the applicable Performance Period than it was on the first day of the applicable Performance Period, then the Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus shall consist only of the originally-designated principal amount described in clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence. The date on which the Committee awards the Performance Retention Bonus to a Participant is the “Bonus Award Date” with respect to such Performance Retention Bonus.

2.2. Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2 or as otherwise provided by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date, a Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus shall be payable on the first to occur of the following events (the “Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date”): ( a) the third anniversary of the Bonus Award Date, provided that the Participant is still employed by the Company or a Related Company on

such date, or (b) the Participant’s Date of Termination resulting from the Participant’s death, Disability, Retirement, or Termination without Cause. The Performance Retention Bonus shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on or as soon as practicable after the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date, but in any event no later than the last day of the Year in which the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date occurs (or if later, the 15 ^th day of the third month following the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date).

2.3. Forfeiture of Performance Retention Bonus . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs prior to the third anniversary of the Bonus Award Date as designated in clause (a) of subsection 2.2 (or such other date designated as the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date in accordance with section 2.2) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or Termination without Cause, as described in clause (b) of subsection 2.2, the Participant shall forfeit any and all rights to the Performance Retention Bonus.

2.4. Performance Period . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date, the Performance Period for a Performance Retention Bonus is the three-year period beginning on January 1 of the Year in which the Bonus Award Date occurs and ending on December 31 of the third following Plan Year (for example, the Performance Period for a Performance Retention Bonus with a Bonus Award Date of February 15, 2007, is the period beginning January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2009). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date occurs as a result of the Participant’s death, Disability, Retirement, or Termination without Cause, as described in subsection 2.2, then the Performance Period shall end on the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date.

SECTION 3
OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION

3.1. Effective Date . The “Effective Date” of the Plan shall be February 2, 2006.

3.2. Benefits May Not Be Assigned . The interests of a Participant under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary. The Participant’s rights under the Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

3.3. Plan Not Contract of Employment . The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

3.4. Heirs and Successors . The Plan shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business. If any benefits deliverable to a Participant under the Plan have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated

Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant in a writing filed with the Board in such form and at such time as the Board shall require. If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant. If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

3.5. Distributions to Disabled Persons . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2.2 or subsection 3.4, if, in the opinion of the Committee, a Participant or beneficiary is under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Board may direct that payment be made to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit until claim is made by a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate, and such payment shall be in lieu of any such payment to such Participant or beneficiary. Thereafter, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate.

3.6. Applicable Laws . The Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

3.7. Gender and Number . Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

3.8. Evidence . Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

3.9. Taxes . All payments under the Plan are subject to all applicable taxes, which are the responsibility of the Participant, and the Company is authorized to withhold any taxes as may be required by applicable law.

SECTION 4
SOURCE OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

4.1. Liability for Benefit Payments . Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, an Employer shall be liable for payment of benefits under the Plan with respect to any Participant to the extent that such benefits are attributable to services rendered by the Participant to that Employer. Any disputes relating to liability of Employers for benefit payments shall be resolved by the Board.

4.2. No Guarantee . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Employers whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets, or other property which the Employers, in their sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. A Participant

shall have only a contractual right to the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Employers. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by any of the Employers that the assets of the Employers shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

SECTION 5
COMMITTEE

5.1. Administration . The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Compensation Committee of the Board (“the Committee”) in accordance with this Section 5.

5.2. Powers of Committee . The Committee’s administration of the Plan shall be subject to the following:

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have the authority and discretion to select from among the executive and management employees of the Company and any Related Company those persons who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b) The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.

5.3. Delegation by Committee . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee any time.

5.4. Information to be Furnished to Committee . The Company shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as it determines may be required for it to discharge its duties. The records of the Company as to an employee’s or Participant’s employment, termination of employment, leave of absence, reemployment and compensation shall be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish the Committee such evidence, data or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan.

SECTION 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, provided that no amendment or termination may materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan with respect to Plan Years that have ended prior to the date on which such amendment or termination is adopted by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and the Performance Retention Bonuses granted hereunder comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code. The Board retains the right to amend the Plan, and the Committee retains the right to amend any Performance Retention Bonuses awarded under the Plan, to the extent it deems it necessary or desirable to conform to the requirements of section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance issued thereunder.

SECTION 7
DEFINED TERMS

In addition to the other definitions contained herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Board . The term “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Cause . The term “Cause” shall mean (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or the Related Companies (including, without limitation, Financial Security Assurance Inc., MBIA, Inc., AMBAC Financial Group Inc., and Radian Group Inc.), or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or the Related Companies; (ii) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or the Related Companies, or the use in other than the Company’s or the Related Companies’ business, without prior written authorization from the Company or the Related Companies, of any confidential information or material, relating to the business of the Company or the Related Companies, acquired by the Participant during employment with the Company or the Related Companies; (iii) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company or the Related Companies, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct; (iv) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime, whether or not connected with the Company; or (vi) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

(d) Date of Termination . A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means the first day on which the Participant is not employed by the Company or any Related Company, regardless of the reason for the termination of employment; provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a transfer of the Participant between the Company and a Related Company or between two Related Companies, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Related Company if

immediately following such termination of employment the Participant continues to be or becomes a Director; and further provided that the Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Related Company approved by the Participant’s employer. If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Participant’s employer ceases to be a Related Company (and the Participant’s employer is or becomes an entity that is separate from the Company), and the Participant is not, at the end of the 30-day period following the transaction, employed by the Company or an entity that is then a Related Company, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Date of Termination.

(e) Director . The term “Director” means a member of the Board, who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(g) Employer . The term “Employer” means the Company and each of the Related Companies that adopts the Plan.

(h) Modified Adjusted Book Value . The “Modified Adjusted Book Value” of the Company as of any date shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and shall be based on the book value of the Company, derived by determining shareholders’ equity, and by then adding the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves less deferred acquisition costs, plus the present value of estimated net future installment premiums (as reported in the Company’s quarterly Financial Supplement), excluding the effects of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) and the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments (FAS 133). In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Bonuses awarded under the Plan.

(i) Plan Year . The term “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

(j) Related Companies . The term “Related Company” means the Company and any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity during any period in which at least fifty percent of the voting power of all classes entitled to vote with respect to such entity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

(k) Retirement . “Retirement” of a Participant shall mean with respect to an employee of the Company or a Related Company the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination

with the consent of the Participant’s Employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55. For purposes of this definition, years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to the initial public offering of stock of the Company.

(l) Termination Without Cause . Termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company or a Related Company without Cause.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant
(All subsidiaries are wholly-owned)

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.		Bermuda
Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd.		Barbados
Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc.		Delaware
Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.		Bermuda
Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company		New York
AG Intermediary Inc.		New York
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.		Delaware
AG Financial Products Inc.		Delaware
Assured Guaranty (UK) Services Ltd.		England
Assured Guaranty Corp.		Maryland
Assured Value Insurance Company		Maryland
Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.		England
Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd.		England
Cedar Personnel Ltd.		Bermuda

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (no. 333-122326 and no. 333-115893) of Assured Guaranty Ltd. of our report dated March 1, 2006 relating to the financial statements, management’s

assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 1, 2006 relating to the financial statement schedules, which appears in this Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY

March 1, 2006

Exhibit 31.1

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Dominic J. Frederico, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a - 15(e) and 15d - 15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

		By:		/s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO
				Dominic J. Frederico President and Chief Executive Officer

D ate: March 1, 2006

Exhibit 31.2

Assured Guaranty Ltd.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert B. Mills, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd.;

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

		By:		/s/ ROBERT B. MILLS
				Robert B. Mills Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 1, 2006

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Dominic J. Frederico, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO
Name: Dominic J. Frederico
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 1, 2006

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Robert B. Mills, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ ROBERT B. MILLS
Name: Robert B. Mills
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 1, 2006

Exhibit 99.1

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Index to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

		Page(s)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		1

Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets		2

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income		3

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity		4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		6–32

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Corp.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 1, 2006

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

	As of December 31,
	2005			2004
Assets
Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $1,011,999 in 2005 and $1,108,149 in 2004)	$	1,047,577		$	1,172,355
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value	58,864			66,057
Total investments	1,106,441			1,238,412
Cash and cash equivalents	951			2,766
Accrued investment income	13,659			14,547
Deferred acquisition costs	73,805			140,335
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	27,283			49,653
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses	11,410			36,379
Premiums receivable	23,694			48,868
Goodwill	85,417			85,417
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	28,814			29,445
Other assets	23,282			10,683

Total assets	$	1,394,756		$	1,656,505

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity
Liabilities
Unearned premium reserves	$	196,435		$	369,320
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses	63,491			118,403
Profit commissions payable	4,237			4,181
Reinsurance balances payable	1,104			64,929
Deferred income taxes	34,673			58,255
Current income taxes	4,497			—
Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts	3,256			5,829
Other liabilities	33,631			28,108

Total liabilities	341,324			649,025
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholder’s equity
Preferred stock ($1,000 liquidation preference, 200,004 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004)	—			—
Common stock ($720.00 par value, 200,000 shares authorized; 20,834 issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004)	15,000			15,000
Additional paid-in capital	380,006			386,403
Unearned stock grant compensation	(6,446		)	(5,845		)
Retained earnings	635,849			569,222
Accumulated other comprehensive income	29,023			42,700

Total shareholder’s equity	1,053,432			1,007,480

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity	$	1,394,756		$	1,656,505

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Revenues
Gross written premiums	$	108,201		$	168,678		$	219,923
Ceded premiums	(15,681		)	(108,773		)	36,623
Net written premiums	92,520			59,905			256,546
Decrease (increase) in net unearned premium reserves	11,636			62,106			(81,148		)

Net earned premiums	104,156			122,011			175,398
Net investment income	51,283			52,068			47,156
Net realized investment gains	733			973			2,092
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(631		)	47,927			48,541
Other income	—			249			1,340

Total revenues	155,541			223,228			274,527

Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(1,374		)	403			55,054
Profit commission expense	715			972			1,652
Acquisition costs	27,082			34,306			46,567
Other operating expenses	32,686			41,287			23,476
Other expense	3,731			1,645			—

Total expenses	62,840			78,613			126,749

Income before provision for income taxes	92,701			144,615			147,778
Provision for income taxes
Current	19,096			17,293			19,985
Deferred	2,665			26,164			22,618

Total provision for income taxes	21,761			43,457			42,603

Net income	70,940			101,158			105,175
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on fixed maturity securities arising during the year	(13,201		)	(1,952		)	4,601
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income	(476		)	(632		)	(1,360		)
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities	(13,677		)	(2,584		)	3,241

Comprehensive income	$	57,263		$	98,574		$	108,416

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity

For the years December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Unearned Stock Grant Compensation			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Total Shareholder’s Equity
Balance, January 1, 2003	$	—	$	15,000	$	345,561		$	(2,056	)	$	372,889		$	42,043		$	773,437
Net income	—		—		—			—			105,175			—			105,175
Dividends	—		—		—			—			(10,000		)	—			(10,000		)
Tax benefit for options exercised	—		—		5,670			—			—			—			5,670
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $1,745	—		—		—			—			—			3,241			3,241
Unearned stock grant compensation, net	—		—		—			(793		)	—			—			(793		)

Balance, December 31, 2003	$	—	$	15,000	$	351,231		$	(2,849	)	$	468,064		$	45,284		$	876,730

Net income	—		—		—			—			101,158			—			101,158
Capital contribution	—		—		1,618			—			—			—			1,618
Tax basis step-up adjustment	—		—		28,124			—			—			—			28,124
Tax benefit for options exercised	—		—		5,430			—			—			—			5,430
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(1,701)	—		—		—			—			—			(2,584		)	(2,584		)
Unearned stock grant compensation, net	—		—		—			(2,996		)	—			—			(2,996		)

Balance, December 31, 2004	$	—	$	15,000	$	386,403		$	(5,845	)	$	569,222		$	42,700		$	1,007,480

Net income	—		—		—			—			70,940			—			70,940
Dividends	—		—		—			—			(4,313		)	—			(4,313		)
Tax benefit for options exercised	—		—		4,064			—			—			—			4,064
Transaction with subsidiary under common control	—		—		(10,461		)	—			—			—			(10,461		)
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(6,734)	—		—		—			—			—			(13,677		)	(13,677		)
Unearned stock grant compensation, net	—		—		—			(601		)	—			—			(601		)

Balance, December 31, 2005	$	—	$	15,000	$	380,006		$	(6,446	)	$	635,849		$	29,023		$	1,053,432

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003
Operating activities
Net income	$	70,940			$	101,158			$	105,175
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities:
Non-cash operating expenses	3,363				5,121				2,768
Net amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities	5,387				6,495				6,682
Goodwill impairment	—				1,645				—
Provision for deferred income taxes	2,665				26,164				22,618
Net realized investment gains	(733			)	(973			)	(2,092			)
Change in unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments	631				(47,927			)	(48,541			)
Change in deferred acquisition costs	5,734				6,591				(11,042			)
Change in accrued investment income	888				(516			)	(1,893			)
Change in premiums receivable	25,174				(17,344			)	557
Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums	22,370				(42,399			)	44,672
Change in unearned premium reserves	(72,603			)	(19,707			)	36,476
Change in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	(72,724			)	(24,228			)	45,022
Change in profit commissions payable	56				174				696
Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts	(2,573			)	774				—
Change in current income taxes	(9,935			)	(969			)	(2,128			)
Other	15,227				57,805				(8,241			)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities	(6,133			)	51,864				190,729

Investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases	(349,778			)	(202,678			)	(408,660			)
Sales	345,757				138,594				240,401
Maturities	5,675				7,457				3,000
Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net	7,193				(10,979			)	(2,694			)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities	8,847				(67,606			)	(167,953			)

Financing activities
Dividends paid	(4,313			)	—				(10,000			)
Net cash flows used in financing activities	(4,313			)	—				(10,000			)

Effect of exchange rate changes	(216			)	499				2,152

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(1,815			)	(15,243			)	14,928
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	2,766				18,009				3,081

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	951			$	2,766			$	18,009

Supplementary cash flow information
Income taxes paid	$	24,559			$	18,257			$	16,443
Non-cash investing activities: FSA Transaction	$		99,967		$		—		$		—
Non-cash financing activities: Section 338(h)(10) tax election	$	—			$	28,124			$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1. Organization and Business

Assured Guaranty Corp. (the “Company”) is a Maryland domiciled company, which commenced operations in January 1988 and provides insurance and reinsurance of investment grade financial guaranty exposures, including municipal and nonmunicipal reinsurance and credit default swap (“CDS”) transactions. As of December 31, 2003, the Company was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ACE Limited (“ACE”), a holding company incorporated with limited liability under Cayman Islands Companies Law. However, on April 28, 2004, subsidiaries of ACE completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 49,000,000 of their 75,000,000 common shares of their wholly-owned subsidiary and parent of the Company, Assured Guaranty Ltd. (“Assured Guaranty”). Assured Guaranty’s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AGO”. This offering raised approximately $840.1 million in net proceeds, all of which went to the selling shareholders. As a result of the IPO, the Company implemented a new underwriting strategy. As part of this strategy, the Company has exited certain lines of business, including trade credit reinsurance.

The Company has financial strength ratings of AAA, AAA and Aa1 as of December 31, 2005 from Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, and Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., respectively, and is licensed in 48 jurisdictions. The Company owns 100% of Assured Value Insurance Company (“AVIC”) (formerly Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company), a Maryland domiciled company and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (“AG (UK)”), a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom.

The Company’s financial results include three principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and other. These segments are further discussed in Note 19.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, AVIC and AG (UK), after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. Certain items in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Premium Revenue Recognition

Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserves are earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

Investments

The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“FAS 115”). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair values of all investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discount computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized in current income.

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

• a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

• a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

• recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

• the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

• whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

• whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the decline is recorded as an unrealized loss on the balance sheet in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. If the Company believes the decline is “other than temporary,” the Company will write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in the statement of operations. The assessment of a decline in value includes management’s current assessment of the factors noted above. The Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers. If the Company’s assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to net earned premiums. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company’s management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and therefore qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow as discussed above in the Premium Revenue Recognition section, the related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in the Company’s financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See the Note 4. Derivatives, for more information on the Company’s derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the Company’s investment portfolio in all periods presented.

The Company records portfolio reserves in its financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company’s business for which case reserves have not been established.

earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from historical rating agency data and is based on the transaction’s credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of historical recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When the Company records a case reserve, the Company reclassifies the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in the Company’s statement of operations. It would be a remote occurrence when the case reserve is not greater than the reclassified portfolio reserve. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in the Company’s statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

The Company also records IBNR reserves for its other segment. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The other segment represents lines of business the Company has exited or sold prior to the IPO.

The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005, the FASB staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. When the FASB staff reaches a conclusion on this issue, which is expected during the first half of 2006, the Company and the rest of the financial guaranty industry may be required to change some aspects of their loss reserving policies, but the Company cannot currently assess how the FASB or SEC staffs’ ultimate resolution of this issue will impact the Company’s reserving policy or other balances, i.e., premiums and DAC. Until the issue is resolved, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

Profit Commissions

Under the terms of certain of the Company’s reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. The Company’s liability for the present value of expected future payments is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, “Profit commissions payable”. There was no unamortized discount on this liability as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Reinsurance

In the ordinary course of business, the Company assumes and retrocedes business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

Goodwill

Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE’s acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”). Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS 142.

The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	As of December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)	2005		2004
Financial guaranty direct	$	14,748	$	14,748
Financial guaranty reinsurance	70,669		70,669
Other	—		—

Total	$	85,417	$	85,417

In the year ended December 31, 2004 the Company recognized a goodwill impairment of $1.6 million in its other segment for the trade credit business which the Company exited as part of the IPO. This impairment charge is presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003.

Income Taxes

In accordance with FAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and

liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserve.

Stock Based Compensation

Upon completion of the IPO, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares granted to the Company’s officers or employees under the ACE employee long-term incentive plans immediately vested and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares were forfeited. These officers and employees generally had 90 days from the date of the IPO to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares resulted in a pre-tax charge to the Company of approximately $1.4 million. Based upon a price of $42.79 per ACE ordinary share, the Company incurred a pre-tax charge of $3.1 million and contributed cash in the same amount to fund a trust, with a trustee, for the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of the Company’s officers and employees. These pre-tax charges took place during the second quarter of 2004 and are included in other operating expenses on the consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive income. The trust purchased common shares of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and allocated to each such individual common shares having the approximate value of the ACE ordinary shares forfeited by such individual. Based on Assured Guaranty’s initial public offering price of $18.00 per common share, the trust purchased approximately 173,000 Assured Guaranty Ltd. common shares on behalf of the Company. The common shares were delivered to each individual that was not employed, directly or indirectly, by any designated financial guaranty company on October 28, 2005, the 18-month anniversary of the IPO. (The forfeiture restriction was waived for one former employee of the Company.) The trustees did not have any beneficial interest in the trust. Since completion of the IPO, the Company’s officers and employees are no longer eligible to participate in the ACE long-term incentive plans. In connection with these events, the Company received $2.5 million from ACE, for the book value of unrestricted compensation, which is recorded in unearned stock grant compensation, which is included in shareholder’s equity.

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. No compensation expense for options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”). Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will begin recognizing compensation expense, using the modified-prospective transition method, for options and its employee stock purchase plan in accordance with FAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”). See Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for more information.

For restricted stock awards, the Company records the market value of the shares awarded at the time of the grant as unearned stock grant compensation and includes it as a separate component of shareholder’s equity. The unearned stock grant compensation is amortized into income ratably over the vesting period. Upon adoption of FAS 123R, the unearned stock grant compensation will be netted against additional paid-in capital. This change effects presentation only and has no effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The following table outlines the Company’s net income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, had the compensation expense been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)	2005			2004
Net income as reported	$	70,940		$	101,158
Add: Stock-based compensation expense due to accelerated vesting of ACE awards included in reported net income, net of income tax	—			3,077
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax	1,490			908
Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax	(2,676		)	(4,707		)

Pro forma net income	$	69,754		$	100,436

Since the Company was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ACE during 2003, management has determined that disclosing amounts related to that period would not be meaningful, as the compensation expense determined under FAS 123 would be based on ACE’s ordinary share price. The amount of stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax, was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The fair value of options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2005 and 2004:

	2005		2004
Dividend yield	0.7	%	0.7	%
Expected volatility	20.80	%	17.03	%
Risk free interest rate	4.1	%	4.4	%
Expected life	5 years		5 years
Turnover rate	6.0	%	6.0	%

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued FAS 123R. FAS 123R is effective January 1, 2006 and replaces FAS No.123 and supersedes APB 25. As permitted by FAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options, or Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s employee stock purchase plan . Accordingly, the adoption of FAS 123R’s fair value method will have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on its overall financial position. At December 31, 2005, unamortized compensation expense related to outstanding unvested options, as determined in accordance with FAS 123, that the Company expects to record during fiscal 2006 was approximately $0.8 million, before income taxes. The total impact of adoption of FAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted and shares purchased by employees under the employee stock purchase plan in the future. However, had the Company adopted FAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of FAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. FAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. While the Company cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the future (because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options), the amount of operating cash flows recognized in prior periods for such excess tax deductions were $4.1 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively .

During 2005, FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” was issued to replace the guidance set forth in paragraphs 10-18 of EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments and its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”), with references to existing other than temporary impairment guidance. FSP FAS 115-1 is to be applied prospectively from its effective date for periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 remain in effect and are included in Note 8. Investments. This pronouncement will not materially effect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

4. Derivatives

Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”) and FAS No. 149,”Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 149”). These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index-based derivative

financial instruments prior to 2004. FAS 133 and FAS 149 establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges during 2005, 2004 and 2003. The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. The Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, the Company uses quoted market prices to fair value these insured credit derivatives. If quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer collateralized debt obligations (“CDO”) and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agency models, or may be developed internally, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continually reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated cost to the Company to purchase protection on its outstanding exposures and is not an estimate of expected losses incurred. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

The Company records premiums received from the issuance of derivative instruments in gross written premiums and establishes unearned premium reserves and loss reserves. These loss reserves represent the Company’s best estimate of the probable losses expected under these contracts and are calculated in the same manner as the Company’s financial guaranty business. See Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies, Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, for more information. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Cumulative unrealized gains are reflected as assets in the Company’s balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. In the event that the Company terminates a derivative contract prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk management purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred.

The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $48.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

	2005			2004			2003
Balance sheets as of December 31,
Assets:
Premiums receivable	$	13,687		$	22,525		$	—
Prepaid reinsurance premiums	900			1,044			271
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses	2,323			3,276			—
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	28,814			29,445			—

Liabilities:
Unearned premium reserves	6,694			7,283			7,078
Reserves for losses and LAE	5,600			18,081			15,500
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments	—			—			18,482

Net asset (liability)—fair value of derivative financial instruments	$	33,430		$	30,926		$	(40,789	)

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
Net written premiums	$	39,173		$	36,791		$	39,573
Net earned premiums	39,618			37,905			38,936
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred	6,839			(597		)	(11,714		)
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(631		)	47,927			48,541

Total impact of derivative financial instruments	$	45,826		$	85,235		$	75,763

5. Statutory Accounting Practices

These financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Department.

The Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and their respective Insurance Departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis. The combined capital and statutory surplus of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $256.5 million and $236.7 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The statutory combined net income of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $101.0 million, $103.3 million and $66.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

6. Insurance in Force

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, net financial guaranty par in force, including insured CDS, was approximately $52.7 billion and $74.0 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 1.1% and 1.6% as of the total net par in force as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The composition of net par outstanding by bond type was as follows:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
Public Finance:
General obligation	$	5.5	$	9.7
Municipal utilities	4.7		8.5
Transportation	3.8		5.8
Tax-backed	3.2		8.4
Healthcare	2.5		3.9
Investor-owned utilities	1.5		1.8
Higher education	0.6		0.8
Structured municipal	0.6		1.1
Housing	0.5		1.0
Other public finance	0.6		0.9

Total public finance	23.5		41.9

Structured Finance:
Collateralized debt obligations	15.6		14.4
Mortgage-backed and home equity	6.2		8.8
Commercial receivables	3.9		4.2
Consumer receivables	1.7		3.1
Other structured finance	1.8		1.6

Total structured finance	29.2		32.1

Total exposures	$	52.7	$	74.0

Maturities for public finance obligations range from 1 to 44 years, with the typical life in the 12 to 15 year range. Structured finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 40 years with a typical life of 6 to 8 years. CDS transactions are included in all structured finance categories and tax backed and investor-owned utilities categories in public finance.

The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2005				As of December 31, 2004
	Net par outstanding		% of Net par outstanding		Net par outstanding		% of Net par outstanding
	(in billions of U.S. dollars)
Domestic:
California	$	3.5	6.6	%	$	5.7	7.6	%
New York	2.2		4.1	%	4.3		5.8	%
Illinois	1.6		3.0	%	2.4		3.2	%
Texas	1.3		2.4	%	2.5		3.3	%
Florida	1.3		2.4	%	2.2		3.0	%
Massachusetts	1.2		2.3	%	1.6		2.1	%
Pennsylvania	1.0		1.9	%	1.7		2.3	%
New Jersey	0.8		1.5	%	1.9		2.6	%
Colorado	0.6		1.1	%	0.8		1.1	%
Washington	0.5		1.0	%	1.2		1.6	%
Other states	7.3		14.1	%	12.0		16.2	%
Mortgage and structured (multiple states)	24.1		45.8	%	30.2		41.0	%

Total domestic exposures	45.4		86.2	%	66.5		89.8	%

International:
United Kingdom	3.8		7.3	%	4.0		5.4	%
Australia	0.4		0.8	%	0.4		0.6	%
Brazil	0.3		0.6	%	0.3		0.4	%
Turkey	0.3		0.5	%	0.1		0.2	%
Ireland	0.2		0.5	%	—		—
Other	2.3		4.1	%	2.7		3.6	%

Total international exposures	7.3		13.8	%	7.5		10.2	%

Total exposures	$	52.7	100.0	%	$	74.0	100.0	%

The following table sets forth the net financial guaranty par outstanding by underwriting rating:

	As of December 31, 2005				As of December 31, 2004
Ratings(1)	Net par outstanding		% of Net par outstanding		Net par outstanding		% of Net par outstanding
			(in billions of U.S. dollars)

AAA	$	22.2	42.1	%	$	22.7	30.7	%
AA	8.2		15.5	%	16.0		21.6	%
A	13.8		26.1	%	23.7		32.1	%
BBB	7.7		14.7	%	10.1		13.7	%
Below investment grade	0.8		1.6	%	1.5		1.9	%

Total exposures	$	52.7	100.0	%	$	74.0	100.0	%

As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company insures CDS transactions written by its affiliate AG Financial Products, whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a

contingent payment by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party reference securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured investment grade CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and included in the Company’s financial guaranty exposure was $18.8 billion and $16.2 billion, respectively.

7. Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

Premiums earned include $8.5 million, $16.6 million and $18.6 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds.

8. Investments

The following summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value
			(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	44,786	$	458	$	(126	)	$	45,118
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	753,572		45,291		(1,139		)	797,724
Corporate securities	34,417		1,512		(153		)	35,776
Mortgage-backed securities	133,468		900		(1,227		)	133,141
Asset-backed securities	19,078		85		(206		)	18,957
Foreign government securities	16,678		266		(83		)	16,861
Total fixed maturity securities	1,001,999		48,512		(2,934		)	1,047,577
Short-term investments	58,864		—		—			58,864

Total investments	$	1,060,863	$	48,512	$	(2,934	)	$	1,106,441

The following summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value
			(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	43,147	$	1,172	$	(145	)	$	44,174
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	765,500		57,650		(623		)	822,527
Corporate securities	70,949		3,314		(330		)	73,933
Mortgage-backed securities	197,518		3,255		(742		)	200,031
Asset-backed securities	12,696		419		(24		)	13,091
Foreign government securities	18,339		288		(28		)	18,599
Total fixed maturity securities	1,108,149		66,098		(1,892		)	1,172,355
Short-term investments	66,057		—		—			66,057

Total investments	$	1,174,206	$	66,098	$	(1,892	)	$	1,238,412

Approximately 12% and 16% of the Company’s total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, was composed of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage–backed securities. Of the securities in the MBS portfolio, approximately 63% were backed

by agencies or entities sponsored by the U.S. government. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the weighted average credit quality of the Company’s entire investment portfolio was AA+.

	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Due within one year	$	10,490	$	10,521
Due after one year through five years	69,826		71,261
Due after five years through ten years	243,386		254,115
Due after ten years	544,829		578,539
Mortgage-backed securities	133,468		133,141
Total	$	1,001,999	$	1,047,577

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $345.8 million, $138.6 million and $240.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Net realized investment gains consisted of the following:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Gains	$	3,040		$	1,300		$	2,791
Losses	(2,307		)	(327		)	(699		)

Net realized investment gains	$	733		$	973		$	2,092

None of the realized losses in 2005, 2004 or 2003 were from other than temporary declines in a securities fair value.

The change in net unrealized gains of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities consists of:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities	$	(19,241	)	$	(4,861	)	$	4,998
Add: Foreign exchange translation	(1,170		)	576			(12		)
Less: Deferred income tax (benefit) provision	(6,734		)	(1,701		)	1,745

Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities	$	(13,677	)	$	(2,584	)	$	3,241

	As of December 31, 2005
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss
						(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
U.S. government and agencies	$	9,227	$	(51	)	$	5,161	$	(75	)	$	14,388	$	(126	)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	84,753		(755		)	12,013		(384		)	96,766		(1,139		)
Corporate securities	4,922		(57		)	3,197		(96		)	8,119		(153		)
Mortgage backed securities	63,379		(1,025		)	8,199		(202		)	71,578		(1,227		)
Asset-backed securities	13,606		(205		)	419		(1		)	14,025		(206		)
Foreign government securities	—		—			2,550		(83		)	2,550		(83		)

Total	$	175,887	$	(2,093	)	$	31,539	$	(841	)	$	207,426	$	(2,934	)

	As of December 31, 2004
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss
						(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
U.S. government and agencies	$	17,379	$	(145	)	$	—	$	—		$	17,379	$	(145	)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	49,052		(287		)	17,243		(336		)	66,295		(623		)
Corporate securities	17,078		(199		)	3,934		(131		)	21,012		(330		)
Mortgage backed securities	61,480		(332		)	26,410		(410		)	87,890		(742		)
Asset-backed securities	4,892		(24		)	—		—			4,892		(24		)
Foreign government securities	2,651		(28		)	—		—			2,651		(28		)

Total	$	152,532	$	(1,015	)	$	47,587	$	(877	)	$	200,119	$	(1,892	)

The above balances include 72 and 62 fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment and has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Income from fixed maturity securities	$	51,269		$	52,422		$	47,422
Income from short-term investments	1,306			775			906
Gross investment income	52,575			53,197			48,328
Less investment expenses	(1,292		)	(1,129		)	(1,172		)

Net investment income	$	51,283		$	52,068		$	47,156

Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $16.8 million and $63.8 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

As part of its insured CDS business, the Company is party to certain contractual agreements that require collateral to be posted for the benefit of either party depending on ratings of the parties to the agreement and mark-to-market movements relative to applicable specified thresholds of the insured swap transactions. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company was not required to post collateral for the benefit of CDS customers.

The Company is not exposed to significant concentrations of credit risk within its investment portfolio.

No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

9. Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserves for losses and LAE:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Balance as of January 1	$	118,403		$	106,252		$	72,650
Less reinsurance recoverable	(36,379		)	—			(11,420		)
Net balance as of January 1	82,024			106,252			61,230
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	14,398			558			697
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves:
Current year	10,436			305			17,170
Prior years	5,706			(16,243		)	33,337
	16,142			(15,938		)	50,507
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves	(14,398		)	(558		)	(697		)
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves	(17,516		)	16,341			4,547
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses	(1,374		)	403			55,054
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered pertaining to:
Current year	(44		)	(13,249		)	(3,284		)
Prior years	(16,146		)	(12,040		)	(10,079		)
	(16,190		)	(25,289		)	(13,363		)
Novation of FSA financial guaranty business to AG Re	(8,540		)	—			—
Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves	(3,839		)	658			3,331
Net balance as of December 31	52,081			82,024			106,252
Plus reinsurance recoverable	11,410			36,379			—

Balance as of December 31	$	63,491		$	118,403		$	106,252

The difference between the portfolio reserve transferred to case reserves and the ultimate case reserve recorded is included in current year incurred amounts.

The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using a rate of 6% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, resulting in a discount of $6.9 million, $18.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively.

The prior year development in 2005 of $5.7 million is primarily related to changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of the Company’s normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies.

The prior year favorable development in 2004 of $16.2 million is primarily related to reduction of loss reserves associated with the exiting of certain lines of business in connection with the IPO.

The prior year adverse development in 2003 of $33.3 million is due primarily to an increase in case activity on the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties.

10. Income Taxes

The Company initially recorded a $44.1 million reduction of its existing deferred tax liability, based on an estimate of the ultimate resolution of the Section 338(h)(10) election. Under the tax allocation agreement, the Company estimated that as of the IPO date, it would pay $16.0 million to AFS and accordingly has established this amount as a liability. The initial difference, which is attributable to the change in the tax basis of certain liabilities for which there is no associated step-up in the tax basis of its assets and no amounts due to AFS, resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $28.1 million. During 2005, the Company paid AFS $0.8 million, reducing the liability to $15.2 million, which is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

Prior to the IPO in April 2004, the Company and AVIC have historically filed U.S. income tax returns in the consolidated U.S. filing of its former shareholder. For periods after April 2004, AGC and AVIC file a consolidated federal income tax return with its shareholder, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”) and its other subsidiaries, AG Financial Products Inc. and AFP Transferor Inc. Each company pays its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden, the proportion determined by reference to the amount a company would have been liable to pay, had such company filed on a separate return basis with current credit for net losses to the extent such losses are utilizable on a separate company basis.

The following table provides the Company’s income tax provision and effective tax rates:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Current tax expense	$	19,096		$	17,293		$	19,985
Deferred tax expense	2,665			26,164			22,618
Provision for income taxes	$	21,761		$	43,457		$	42,603

Effective tax rate	23.5		%	30.1		%	28.8		%

Reconciliation from the tax provision calculated at the federal statutory rate of 35% in 2005, 2004 and 2003 to the total tax is as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions	$	32,445		$	50,615		$	51,722
Tax-exempt interest	(10,996		)	(10,516		)	(8,990		)
Provision to filed adjustment	441			2,630			—
Other	(129		)	728			(129		)

Total provision for income taxes	$	21,761		$	43,457		$	42,603

The deferred income tax liability reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

	As of December 31,
	2005		2004
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Deferred tax assets:
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	12,769	$	21,908
Tax and loss bonds	15,434		18,133
Tax basis step-up	13,287		15,501
Other	4,856		3,442
Total deferred income tax assets	46,346		58,984
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments	10,085		10,306
Deferred acquisition costs	25,702		49,117
Unearned premium reserves	14,464		15,945
Contingency reserves	15,031		19,399
Unrealized appreciation on investments	15,737		22,472

Total deferred income tax liabilities	81,019		117,239

Net deferred income tax liability	$	34,673	$	58,255

At December 31, 2005, the Company had current income taxes payable of $4.5 million. At December 31, 2004, the Company had an immaterial balance of current income taxes receivable, which is included in Other assets in the 2004 balance sheet.

11. Impact of Reinsurance Transactions

In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Direct, assumed, and ceded amounts were as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Premiums Written
Direct	$	73,515		$	45,270		$	40,992
Assumed	34,686			123,408			178,931
Ceded	(15,681		)	(108,773		)	36,623

Net	$	92,520		$	59,905		$	256,546

Premiums Earned
Direct	$	52,405		$	40,287		$	38,921
Assumed	73,414			148,099			144,526
Ceded	(21,663		)	(66,375		)	(8,049		)

Net	$	104,156		$	122,011		$	175,398

Loss and loss adjustment expenses
Direct	$	(6,704	)	$	3,798		$	14,464
Assumed	(4,908		)	32,835			43,090
Ceded	10,238			(36,230		)	(2,500		)

Net	$	(1,374	)	$	403		$	55,054

The following table presents the affiliated and third party reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses and provides S&P ratings for individual reinsurers:

	As of December 31,				S&P
	2005		2004		Rating
	(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
ACE American	$	8,242	$	32,018	A+
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.	3,168		4,212		AA
Other non affiliated	—		149		N/R

Reinsurance recoverable on ceded loss and LAE	$	11,410	$	36,379

N/R = This reinsurer is not rated by S&P.

Agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc.

During Second Quarter 2005, the Company and Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”), a subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and an affiliate of the Company, entered into a reinsurance agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA”) pursuant to which substantially all of FSA’s financial guaranty risks previously ceded to the Company (the “Ceded Business”) were assumed by AG Re. This agreement is effective as of January 1, 2005. In connection with the transaction, the Company transferred liabilities of $169.0 million, consisting primarily of unearned

premium reserves. This transaction caused 2005 net income to decrease by $4.0 million. FSA has agreed it would release the Company from all liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. FSA and AG Re have agreed that AG Re shall assume substantially all of the Company’s liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. FSA may receive a profit commission on the Ceded Business based on its future performance.

12. Insurance Regulations

The Company is a Maryland domiciled insurance company. Under Maryland’s 1993 revised insurance law, the amount of surplus available for distribution as dividends is subject to certain statutory provisions, which generally prohibit the payment of dividends in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount exceeding the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income (at the preceding December 31) without prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance. The amount available for distribution from the Company during 2006 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $25.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company declared and paid $4.3 million in dividends to AGUS. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company paid $10.0 million in dividends to ACE Financial. There were no such dividends paid in 2004. Under Maryland insurance regulations, the Company is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000.

The Company has committed to its rating agencies that it will not pay more than $10.0 million per year in dividends, without prior consultation.

13. Related Party Transactions

Expense Sharing Agreements

ACE has historically provided certain general and administrative services to the Company. Those services have included information technology (“IT”) related services, tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and a liquidity facility line of credit. Expenses included in the Company’s financial statements related to these services were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 the only services performed under this agreement are IT related and tax consulting and preparation services.

The Company provided a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning. The aggregate fees recorded under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $0.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively. As of the IPO, these agreements was terminated.

In addition to these administrative services agreements, the Company had entered into an employee leasing agreement with an affiliate, AG Re. Under this agreement, effective in 2001, the Company provided staffing services and was reimbursed for compensation costs. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company was reimbursed approximately $9.6 million under this employee leasing agreement. As of December 31, 2003, this agreement was terminated.

The Company was party to an intercompany service agreement, effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management whereby ACE Asset Management provided investment services such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company incurred expenses of

approximately $0.2 million, while in 2004 the Company recorded an immaterial expense under this intercompany service agreement. As of the IPO date, this agreement has been terminated.

Reinsurance Agreements

In September 2001, the Company entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda which was effective January 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid $52.5 million in premium in two installments of $27.5 million and $25.0 million in September 2001 and March 2002, respectively, for a 10-year cover with a $150.0 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was commuted and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to the Company. This agreement was not replaced with a third party reinsurance contract. The Company ceded losses of $2.5 million in 2003 under this cover.

The Company cedes business to affiliated entities under certain reinsurance agreements. Amounts deducted from the premiums, losses and commissions in 2005, 2004 and 2003 for reinsurance ceded to affiliates are reflected in the table below.

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)	2005			2004		2003
Ceded Activity
Written premiums	$	(2,521	)	$	107,085	$	(38,409	)
Earned premiums	19,003			63,763		4,715
Losses and LAE incurred	(1,044		)	36,230		2,839
Commissions incurred	2,007			10,826		57
Unearned premium reserves	23,910			45,435		2,113
Unpaid losses and LAE	3,168			24,160		—

The Company also writes business with affiliated entities under insurance and reinsurance agreements. The approximate amounts included in premiums, losses and commissions in 2005, 2004 and 2003 for business assumed from affiliates are reflected in the table below.

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)	2005			2004			2003
Gross Activity
Written premiums	$	43,929		$	41,623		$	51,637
Earned premiums	44,668			52,819			53,512
Losses and LAE incurred	(4,855		)	(291		)	701
Commissions incurred	169			2,495			1,340
Unearned premium reserves	(2,015		)	(1,277		)	9,920
Unpaid losses and LAE	(6,821		)	(1,578		)	—

Non-Cash Capital Contributions

During 2004, ACE contributed capital of $1.6 million to the Company. This was a non-cash contribution. The capital contribution relates to the accelerated vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares. See Note 2 for more details.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2005, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for office space are $2.1 million for years 2006 and 2007, $2.0 million for the year 2008, $0.5 million for the year 2009 and none thereafter. These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was approximately $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

In April 2005, the Company received a Notice of Order to Preserve (“Order”) from the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance, State of Georgia (“Commissioner”). The Order was directed to “ACE Limited, and all affiliates” and requires the preservation of documents and other items related to “finite insurance” and a broad group of other insurance and reinsurance agreements. Also in April, the Company, and numerous other insurers, received a subpoena from the Commissioner related to the “initial phase” of the Commissioner’s investigation into “finite-risk” transactions. The subpoena requests information on the Company’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts in force during 2004. The Company is cooperating with the Commissioner.

The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company’s facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the ceded business. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

15. Concentrations

The Company’s client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2005 34.4% and 13.5% came from AG Financial Products, Inc., an affiliate of the Company, and Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Company (“MBIA”), respectively. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2004, 27.7%, 15.7% and 13.0% came from FSA, MBIA and Ambac Assurance Corporation, respectively. In addition, 20.6% of the Company’s total gross premiums written during 2004 came from AG Financial Products, Inc. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2003, 27.7% and 16.0% came from MBIA and FSA, respectively. No other client represented more than 10% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

16. Credit Facilities

$300.0 million Credit Facility

Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower. The $300.0 million credit facility replaced the $250.0 million credit facility, discussed below.

The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

At the closing of the $300.0 million credit facility, (i) the Company guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under such facility and agreed that, if the Company Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit agreement) of the Company and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of the Company and AG (UK) under such facility and (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., as a Material Non-AGC Subsidiary (as defined in the related credit agreement), guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility. Subsequently, AG Re and AGRO, as Material Non-AGC Subsidiaries, both guaranteed the obligations of the other and of Assured Guaranty Ltd. under such facility.

The $300.0 million credit facility’s financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Ltd. (a) maintain a minimum net worth of $1.2 billion, (b) maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.5:1, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the $300.0 million credit facility requires that the Company: (x) maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 80% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to the closing date of the facility and (y) maintain a ratio of aggregate net par outstanding to qualified statutory capital of not more than 150:1. Furthermore, the $300.0 million credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2005, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2005, no amounts had been drawn under this credit facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

$250.0 million Credit Facility

On April 29, 2004, the Company entered into a $250.0 million unsecured credit facility (“$250.0 million credit facility”), with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. acted as co-arrangers. Each of Assured Guaranty Ltd., the Company and AG (UK)was a party as borrower. The $250.0 million credit facility was terminated and replaced by the $300.0 million credit facility discussed above.

Non-Recourse Credit Facility

The Company is also party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $175.0 million specifically designed to provide rating agency-qualified capital to further support the Company’s claims paying resources. This facility expires in December 2010. As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

Committed Capital Securities

On April 8, 2005, the Company entered into four separate agreements with four different unaffiliated custodial trusts pursuant to which the Company may, at its option, cause each of the custodial trusts to purchase up to $50.0 million of perpetual preferred stock of the Company. The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to the Company by allowing the Company to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option. If the put options were exercised, the Company would receive $200.0 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose including the payment of claims. The put options were not exercised during 2005. Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the “Pass-Through Trust”). The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in Assured Guaranty’s financial statements.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company has incurred $3.7 million of fees associated with the committed capital securities consisting of $2.0 million of one-time investment banking fees incurred during Second Quarter 2005 and $1.7 million of put option premiums which are on-going. These expenses are presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

Prior to the IPO, the Company’s officers and employees participated in ACE’s long-term incentive plans. The Company’s officers and employees have been covered under additional benefit plans, including retirement programs providing 401(k) plan benefits, health and life insurance benefits; medical, dental and vision benefits for active employees; disability and life insurance protection; and severance. These additional benefits have been provided to the Company’s employees and officers who work in the United States by plans maintained by the Company and to the Company’s employees and officers who work in the United Kingdom through plans maintained by ACE covering ACE employees in that location. Since the completion of the IPO, the Company’s United States officers and employees have been covered by benefit plans established by the Company. Employees located in the United Kingdom continue to participate in the ACE benefit plans in which they participated prior to the IPO until December 31, 2004 and now participate in plans maintained by the Company.

The Company maintains savings incentive plans, which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $14,000 for 2005. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant’s compensation, subject to IRS limitations. In addition, the Company may contribute an additional amount to eligible employees’ savings incentive plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For 2005, the Company made a discretionary contribution equal to 5% of the compensation of eligible participants, which discretionary contribution was made to a U.S. savings incentive plan up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. nonqualified plan. Participants generally vest in Company contributions at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the completion of one year of service. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company has amended the U.S. savings incentive plan. The amendments include matching employee contributions up to 6%, subject to IRS limitations, with an additional 6% contribution up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. nonqualified plan, regardless if the employee contributes to the plan. In addition, employees will be fully vested after 1 year of service, as defined in the plan and plan eligibility is immediate upon hire. The Company contributed approximately $0.9 million in 2005, $0.7 million in 2004 and $0.5 million in 2003 in nondiscretionary contributions under these plans. Total discretionary expense amounted to approximately $0.7 million in 2005, $0.8 million in 2004 and $0.7 million in 2003.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In January 2005, Assured Guaranty Ltd. initiated the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 423. The Stock Purchase Plan was approved by Assured Guaranty’s shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is available to all eligible employees of the Company. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant’s compensation or $25,000, whichever is less. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. Assured Guaranty reserved and made available for issuance and purchases under the Plan 100,000 shares of its common stock. AGC’s employees purchased 14,178 shares for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company will begin recognizing compensation expense for its employee stock purchase plan in accordance with FAS 123R. See Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for more information.

18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments. These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market date to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

Fixed Maturity Securities

The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 8 is based on quoted market prices.

Cash and Short-Term Investments

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Unearned Premium Reserves

Financial Guaranty Installment Premiums

The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

	As of December 31, 2005				As of December 31, 2004
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
			(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities	$	1,047,577	$	1,047,577	$	1,172,355	$	1,172,355
Cash and short-term investments	58,864		58,864		68,823		68,823
Liabilities:
Unearned premium reserves	196,435		254,113		369,320		299,075
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:
Financial guaranty installment premiums	—		188,157		—		267,776

19. Segment Reporting

The Company has three principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and could take the form of a credit derivative; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; and (3) other, which includes trade credit reinsurance in which the Company is no longer active and the impact of affiliate reinsurance transactions that were purchased by management for the benefit of all the Company’s reporting segments.

The Company does not segregate assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates operating expenses to each segment based on a comprehensive cost study. During 2005 the Company implemented a new operating expense methodology to more closely apply expenses to the individual operating segments starting with 2004, the year of the IPO. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive cost study. The prior allocation was based on segment net earned premium. Basing the allocation on earned premium for 2005 and 2004 would have caused the financial guaranty reinsurance segment to receive a disproportionate amount of the expenses. 2004 amounts have been adjusted to reflect this new allocation. The earned premium allocation methodology was kept for 2003, as the current business strategy of focusing on direct business was not in place in 2003 and thus the net earned premium allocation methodology allocated an appropriate amount of operating expense to the segments. The other segment received proportional share of operating expenses up to the IPO date. From the IPO date, the other segment was not allocated operating expenses. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment’s financial performance.

The following table summarizes the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

	Year Ended December 31, 2005
	Financial Guaranty Direct			Financial Guaranty Reinsurance		Other		Total
				(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums	$	80.0		$	25.8	$	2.3	$	108.2
Net written premiums	62.5			30.1		—		92.5
Net earned premiums	48.2			55.9		—		104.2
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	(5.7		)	4.3		—		(1.4		)
Profit commission expense	—			0.7		—		0.7
Acquisition costs	3.6			23.5		—		27.1
Other operating expenses	24.0			8.7		—		32.7

Underwriting gain	$	26.3		$	18.7	$	—	$	45.1

	Year Ended December 31, 2004
	Financial Guaranty Direct		Financial Guaranty Reinsurance		Other			Total
			(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums	$	54.9	$	96.6	$	17.2		$	168.7
Net written premiums	43.7		53.3		(37.1		)	59.9
Net earned premiums	41.0		95.5		(14.5		)	122.0
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	1.5		16.3		(17.4		)	0.4
Profit commission expense	—		1.1		(0.1		)	1.0
Acquisition costs	0.2		32.2		1.9			34.3
Other operating expenses(1)	21.4		12.6		2.6			36.6

Underwriting gain (loss)	$	18.0	$	33.3	$	(1.5	)	$	49.7

(1) Excludes $4.7 million of operating expenses, included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, related to the accelerated vesting of stock awards at the IPO date.

	Year Ended December 31, 2003
	Financial Guaranty Direct		Financial Guaranty Reinsurance		Other		Total
			(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Gross written premiums	$	52.4	$	122.8	$	44.7	$	219.9
Net written premiums	47.9		124.8		83.8		256.5
Net earned premiums	48.6		88.2		38.6		175.4
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	14.5		21.4		19.2		55.1
Profit commission expense	—		1.4		0.2		1.6
Acquisition costs	3.2		29.8		13.6		46.6
Other operating expenses	6.5		11.8		5.1		23.4

Underwriting gain	$	24.4	$	23.8	$	0.5	$	48.7

The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

	December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Total underwriting gain	$	45.1		$	49.7		$	48.7
Net investment income	51.3			52.1			47.2
Net realized investment gains	0.7			1.0			2.1
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments	(0.6		)	47.9			48.5
Other income	—			0.2			1.3
Accelerated vesting of stock awards	—			(4.7		)	—
Other expense	(3.7		)	(1.6		)	—

Income before provision for income taxes	$	92.7		$	144.6		$	147.8

The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company’s three reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Financial guaranty direct:
Public finance	$	2.2	$	0.2		$	—
Structured finance	46.0		40.8			48.6

Total	48.2		41.0			48.6

Financial guaranty reinsurance:
Public finance	32.5		48.7			51.3
Structured finance	23.4		46.8			36.9

Total	55.9		95.5			88.2

Other:
Trade credit reinsurance	—		(14.5		)	41.6
Affiliate reinsurance	—		—			(3.0		)

Total	—		(14.5		)	38.6

Total net earned premiums	$	104.2	$	122.0		$	175.4

The following table summarizes the Company’s gross written premiums by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2005					2004				2003
	(in millions of U.S. dollars)
North America	$	101.7		94.0	%	$	148.2	87.9	%	$	183.9	83.6	%
United Kingdom	3.4			3.1	%	4.8		2.9	%	9.2		4.2	%
Europe	3.0			2.8	%	12.9		7.6	%	26.2		11.9	%
Australia	0.3			0.3	%	2.1		1.2	%	0.6		0.3	%
Other	(0.2		)	(0.2	)%	0.7		0.4	%	—		—

Total	$	108.2		100.0	%	$	168.7	100.0	%	$	219.9	100.0	%

20. Exposure to Hurricane Katrina

The Company’s net par outstanding on public finance exposures in counties designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency for both individual and public assistance in the states of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama totals $84.4 million, and of that amount $61.9 million is in Greater New Orleans (comprised of Orleans, St. Bernard and Jefferson parishes). The entire exposure comes through the Company’s reinsurance segment. As of December 31, 2005 the Company has recorded $1.0 million in portfolio reserves, but has not recorded any case reserves for this event, as no case reserves have been reported to the Company by any of its ceding company clients. In addition, only five claims have been paid, in the amount of $0.1 million, all of which were fully recovered. The Company has added 1 credit with net par outstanding of $0.7 million to Category 1 of its Closely Monitored Credits (“CMC”) list and 5 credits with net par outstanding of $28.3 million to Category 2 of the CMC list related to Hurricane Katrina. Nonetheless, significant uncertainty exists with regard to both the probability of defaults occurring and the loss severities that will apply to any defaults that do occur. The Company’s surveillance department is actively monitoring specific exposures in coordination with its reinsurance clients and will continue to assess the impact of Hurricane Katrina on the credit quality of the Company’s portfolio.